[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2008050763A1 - Direct backlight device - Google Patents

Direct backlight device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008050763A1
WO2008050763A1 PCT/JP2007/070646 JP2007070646W WO2008050763A1 WO 2008050763 A1 WO2008050763 A1 WO 2008050763A1 JP 2007070646 W JP2007070646 W JP 2007070646W WO 2008050763 A1 WO2008050763 A1 WO 2008050763A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
light
light source
backlight device
type backlight
direct type
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2007/070646
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Keisuke Tsukada
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Zeon Corp
Original Assignee
Zeon Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Zeon Corp filed Critical Zeon Corp
Priority to JP2008540998A priority Critical patent/JPWO2008050763A1/en
Priority to TW096140017A priority patent/TW200834185A/en
Publication of WO2008050763A1 publication Critical patent/WO2008050763A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/1336Illuminating devices
    • G02F1/133602Direct backlight
    • G02F1/133606Direct backlight including a specially adapted diffusing, scattering or light controlling members
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/1336Illuminating devices
    • G02F1/133602Direct backlight
    • G02F1/133611Direct backlight including means for improving the brightness uniformity
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/1336Illuminating devices
    • G02F1/133602Direct backlight
    • G02F1/133606Direct backlight including a specially adapted diffusing, scattering or light controlling members
    • G02F1/133607Direct backlight including a specially adapted diffusing, scattering or light controlling members the light controlling member including light directing or refracting elements, e.g. prisms or lenses

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a direct type backlight device, and more particularly to a direct type backlight device capable of increasing the luminance uniformity of a light emitting surface.
  • a direct type backlight device including a light diffusing plate that diffuses incident light from a light emitting surface and emits the light is used.
  • the portion directly above the light source tends to have higher luminance than the other portions on the light emitting surface which is the light emitting surface. For this reason, there is a need for the development of a technology that has sufficient luminance and that equalizes the luminance of the light emitting surface (suppresses luminance unevenness).
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a technique in which a pattern made of white ink dots is provided on a surface of a light diffusing plate that faces a linear light source so that the portion closer to the linear light source has a higher density. ing. With such a configuration, the luminance uniformity of the light emitting surface can be increased. However, in such a configuration, if the distance between the linear light sources is increased or the distance between the linear light sources and the light incident surface is decreased, the amount of light incident on the light diffusing plate is small at the intermediate position of the linear light sources and Since the light diffuses on the light diffusing plate, the luminance between the linear light sources is low, and the luminance between the linear light source and the intermediate light is not balanced, resulting in uneven luminance. .
  • Patent Document 2 in a direct type backlight device, a configuration in which a plurality of lenticular or prism-like concavo-convex structures extending along the longitudinal direction of a linear light source are provided on a light incident surface of a light diffusing plate. Is described. In this case, an embodiment is disclosed in which the distance between the linear light sources is equal to the distance between the linear light sources and the light incident surface.
  • Patent Documents 3 and 4 in a direct type backlight device, a concavo-convex structure on the light exit surface of the light diffusing plate and a light incident surface corresponding to the convex portion or a reflecting portion at a position inside the light diffusing plate
  • the prepared structure is described. According to such a configuration, the force S can be increased by suppressing light emission in unnecessary directions, and since the reflection portion exists evenly over the entire surface of the light diffusing plate, it is located between the linear light sources. If the distance between the linear light sources is increased or the distance between the linear light sources and the light incident surface is decreased, the luminance between the linear light source and the intermediate light cannot be balanced, resulting in uneven luminance. There was a problem that would occur.
  • Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-273760
  • Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-182418
  • Patent Document 3 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-318886
  • Patent Document 4 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-208930
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a direct type backlight device capable of increasing the luminance uniformity of a light emitting surface. Means for solving the problem
  • the present inventor is not limited to the type of light source, and in a light diffusing plate having an uneven structure on at least one surface, the distance between the light sources, the refractive index of the material constituting the light diffusing plate, It was found that the above-mentioned object can be achieved by highly relating the installation conditions of the light transmission suppressing layer that suppresses the lightness and the light transmittance.
  • the following direct type backlight device is provided.
  • a reflecting plate a plurality of linear light sources arranged substantially in parallel, direct light from these linear light sources and reflected light from the reflecting plate are incident from a light incident surface and diffused to obtain a light emitting surface.
  • a direct-type backlight device comprising: a light diffusing plate that emits light from at least one of the light emitting surface and the light incident surface; A concavo-convex structure in which Ra (max), which is the maximum value of the center line average roughness Ra measured along various directions at 3 111 to 1,000 m, is formed, and the light emitting surface and the light emitting surface At least one of the light incident surfaces has light that suppresses transmission of light in at least the range M.
  • a transmission suppressing layer is provided, and in the range M, the light diffusing plate and the light transmission suppressing layer are provided.
  • the minimum value of the transmittance of the portion including the control layer is the position where the center position of the linear light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate, and the position where the center position of the adjacent linear light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate.
  • the average distance between the centers of the adjacent linear light sources that is 5% or more lower than the transmittance value of the portion including the light diffusing plate and the light transmission suppressing layer at an intermediate position of a (mm)
  • the average distance between the center of the linear light source and the light incident surface is b (mm)
  • the relationship of 1.7 ⁇ a / b ⁇ 23.0 is satisfied, and the range M is the center line of the linear light source.
  • the position projected on the incident surface of the scattering plate is the reference line, and the area within the distance M (mm) from this reference line, where M and b are 0 ⁇ M ⁇ b X tan (2 ⁇ / 9) Direct type backlight device that satisfies the relationship.
  • Ra (max) which is the maximum value of the average roughness Ra of the center line, measured from 3 m to 1;
  • a concavo-convex structure of 000 m is formed, and at least one of the light emitting surface and the light incident surface is provided with a light transmission suppressing layer that suppresses light transmission at least in the range M.
  • the minimum transmittance is a position intermediate between a position where the center position of the point light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate and a position where the center position of the adjacent point light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate.
  • the average distance a (mm) between the centers of the adjacent point light sources that is 5% or more lower than the transmittance value of the portion including the light diffusing plate and the light transmission suppressing layer in the point light source.
  • the average distance between the center and the light incident surface is b (mm), and satisfies the relationship of 0.5 ⁇ a / b ⁇ 15.0, and the range M is the center of the point light source as the light diffusing plate. Projected onto the incident surface
  • I a region within a distance M (mm) from this reference point, where M and b are direct type backlights that satisfy the relationship 0 ⁇ M ⁇ b X tan (2 7i / 9) apparatus.
  • the concavo-convex structure is a linear prism having a polygonal cross section extending substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the linear light source, or a shape in which the cross section includes a curved portion.
  • a certain wrench quilla S a direct-type backlight device that has a plurality of side-by-side structures.
  • the light transmission suppressing layer is a direct type backlight device configured by a printing layer that reflects and / or absorbs incident light.
  • the center line average roughness Ra at the position where the printing layer is formed is 0.005, 1 m to 5 m.
  • Type backlight device in the surface on which the printing layer is formed, the center line average roughness Ra at the position where the printing layer is formed is 0.005, 1 m to 5 m.
  • the concavo-convex structure is a direct type backlight device having a configuration in which a plurality of dot-like protrusions or concave structural units are arranged.
  • the uneven structure is formed on the light emitting surface, and the light incident surface is a substantially flat surface having a center line average roughness Ra of less than 3 in. .
  • the maximum value of the arithmetic average inclination angles ⁇ measured along various directions within the surface on which the uneven structure is formed is ⁇ (max) (degrees)
  • a direct-type backlight device satisfying the relationship sin ⁇ 1 (R / 2nb) ⁇ siiT 1 (1 / n)> ⁇ max, where n is the refractive index of the concavo-convex structure portion and R is the outer diameter of the light source.
  • the light transmission suppression layer is provided at least at a predetermined position NO on either the light emitting surface or the light incident surface, and the position NO is light power Is a position where a path exiting in the direction parallel to the thickness direction of the light diffusing plate and the light incident surface or the light emitting surface of the light diffusing plate intersect with each other.
  • the transmittance of the portion including the light diffusing plate and the light transmission suppressing layer at the position NO is a transmittance between the position NO and a position where an intermediate position of the adjacent light source is projected onto the light diffusing plate.
  • Direct type backlight device that is 5% lower than the maximum value of
  • the average value of the transmittance TB of the portion including the light diffusing plate and the light transmission suppressing layer between the position NO and the position where the center of the light source is projected onto the light diffusing plate is defined as the minimum value TA.
  • a direct backlight device that satisfies TA ⁇ TB.
  • the light diffusing plate is made of a resin composition containing a transparent resin, and the resin composition has a total light transmittance of 0% or more measured by normal incident light. Direct type backlight device that is less than%.
  • the light diffusion plate is formed of a resin composition containing a transparent resin, and the water absorption rate of the resin composition is 0.25% or less.
  • the average distance between the centers of the light sources (linear light source and point light source) and the average distance between the center of the light source and the light incident surface satisfy a certain relationship, and at least the light diffusion plate is provided.
  • a concavo-convex structure on at least a part of one surface and providing a predetermined light transmission suppression layer on at least one surface of the light diffusing plate, when the number of light sources used is reduced or light diffusion Even when the distance between the plate and the light source is reduced, the V effect can be obtained if the luminance uniformity of the light emitting surface can be increased.
  • FIG. 1 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing a direct type backlight device according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining Fresnel reflection on the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining the influence of the concavo-convex structure on the light emission direction.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining a projected area of a light source onto a light incident surface of a light diffusing plate.
  • FIG. 5 is a graph for explaining Fresnel reflection at the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram for explaining the relationship between the incident angle of light from the light source to the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate and the projected area on the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate of the light source.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating how light enters the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate.
  • FIG. 8 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing the shape of a lenticular.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram for explaining a light transmission suppressing layer provided on a light incident surface of a light diffusing plate.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining the effect of the printed layer provided on the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining an effect when the print layer shown in FIG. 10 is not provided.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining how light that enters a light diffusion plate from a linear light source travels.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining a light path from a light source to a concavo-convex structure.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the relationship between the critical angle and the perpendicularly incident light in the uneven structure.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram for explaining an image of a linear light source observed through a light diffusion plate.
  • FIG. 16 is for explaining a light path from the linear light source.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram for explaining how the light incident from the linear light source enters the printing layer provided on the light incident surface of the light diffusion plate.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram for explaining the relationship between distances M and b.
  • FIG. 19 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing a direct type backlight device according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing a first aspect of the linear prism.
  • FIG. 21 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing a second mode of the linear prism.
  • FIG. 22 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing a direct type backlight device according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a plan view schematically showing a first mode of arrangement of point light sources.
  • FIG. 24 is a plan view schematically showing a second mode of arrangement of point light sources.
  • FIG. 25 is a plan view schematically showing a third mode of arrangement of point light sources.
  • FIG. 26 is a view for explaining a light transmission suppressing layer provided on the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate.
  • FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the tip of a cutting tool.
  • FIG. 28 is a perspective view showing a concavo-convex structure surface formed on a stamper.
  • FIG. 29 is a longitudinal sectional view for explaining the shape of a reflecting plate.
  • FIG. 30 is a view for explaining a light transmission suppressing layer provided on a light incident surface of a light diffusing plate.
  • FIG. 31 is a diagram for explaining a light transmission suppressing layer provided on a light incident surface of a light diffusing plate.
  • FIG. 32 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing a diffusion plate of Comparative Example 8.
  • FIG. 1 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing a direct type backlight device 1 according to the present embodiment.
  • the direct type backlight device 1 includes a plurality of linear light sources 10 and a plurality of linear light sources 10.
  • the reflecting plate 20 that reflects the light from the linear light source 10 and the direct light from the linear light source 10 and the reflected light from the reflecting plate 20 are incident from the light incident surface 30A.
  • a light diffusing plate 30 that diffuses and exits from the light emitting surface 30B, and a light transmission suppression layer 50 provided on the light incident surface 30A of the light diffusing plate 30 are provided.
  • the linear light source 10 uses a straight-tube cold-cathode tube (CCFU) from the viewpoint of luminance uniformity.
  • the linear light source 10 is not limited to a cold-cathode tube.
  • Fluorescent tubes (EEFU, hot cathode tubes, xenon lamps, mercury xenon lamps and light emitting diodes (LEDs) arranged in a straight line, or a combination of LED and light guide can also be used.
  • a straight tube is used as the linear light source, but a substantially U-shaped tube in which two substantially parallel tubes are connected by one semicircular tube, and three substantially parallel tubes.
  • a combination of LEDs arranged in a straight line or a combination of an LED and a light guide is also considered as a single linear light source.
  • approximately U A letter-shaped tube is considered to be two linear light sources, an approximately N-shaped tube is considered to be three linear light sources, and an approximately W-shaped tube is considered to be four.
  • the number of linear light sources used is not particularly limited.
  • the number of linear light sources is, for example, an even number such as 16, 14, 12, 8, or an odd number.
  • the power to make a book is S.
  • the plurality of linear light sources 10 are arranged substantially parallel to each other.
  • the average distance between the central axes of any adjacent linear light sources 10 is substantially constant at a (mm).
  • substantially parallel means within a range of ⁇ 5 degrees from a truly parallel state.
  • the plurality of linear light sources are not limited to this embodiment, and may be arranged in parallel.
  • the average distance between the central axes of the adjacent linear light sources may be random, or may have regularity that increases or decreases toward a specific location.
  • the specific part is, for example, a central part including a line connecting one long side of a rectangular light diffusion plate or the central positions of opposing short sides.
  • the relationship (A) of 1.7 ⁇ a / b ⁇ 23.0 is satisfied between the average distance a (mm) and the average distance b (mm). Furthermore, it is preferable to satisfy the relationship (B) of 3 ⁇ 5 ⁇ a / b ⁇ 17.0. It is further more preferable to satisfy the relationship (C) of 3 ⁇ 5 ⁇ a / b ⁇ ll.
  • the number of linear light sources used can be reduced and the power consumption of the device can be suppressed while keeping the backlight thickness appropriate.
  • the thickness of the backlight device can be further reduced.
  • FIG. 2 is a view for explaining Fresnel reflection on the light incident surface, and is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing an adjacent light source and a light diffusion plate.
  • FIG. 5 is a graph for explaining Fresnel reflection at the light incident surface of the light diffusion plate having a refractive index of 1.53, and shows the relationship between the incident angle (degrees) and the reflectance. Here, the average value of the reflectance of s-wave and p-wave light is shown.
  • the incident angle of light from the linear light source toward position A is the incident angle.
  • the angle between the normal direction of the surface and the incident direction increases, and the amount of reflected light (Fresnel reflection) at position A increases.
  • the reflectance value becomes nearly twice that of the incident angle of 40 degrees, and this tendency becomes remarkable.
  • the luminance at the position B (FIG. 2) where the linear light source is projected is higher than the position A, and the luminance unevenness occurs on the light emitting surface.
  • projection specifically means that an image of a light source is projected onto a surface with a viewpoint angle perpendicular to the surface.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining the projected area of light incident on the light incident surface from the linear light source.
  • the light from the linear light source is lighter than at the position B where the light from the linear light source is incident at an incident angle of 0 degree.
  • the projected area of the light incident on the incident surface is 1 / cos ⁇ a times.
  • the luminance is the luminous intensity per unit area
  • the luminance on the light emitting surface decreases as the distance from the linear light source increases, that is, as the incident angle increases.
  • FIG. 6 is a graph for explaining the relationship between the incident angle (degrees) of light from the linear light source to the light incident surface and the projected area on the light incident surface.
  • the outer diameter R (mm) of the linear light source 10 is 2 ⁇ R ⁇ 30, preferably 2.5 ⁇ R ⁇ 25, more preferably 2.5 ⁇ R ⁇ 20.
  • the average distance b (mm) between the central axis of the linear light source 10 and the light incident surface 30A of the light diffusing plate 30 is designed in consideration of the thickness and luminance uniformity of the direct type backlight device. 3. 0 ⁇ b ⁇ 32.0, preferably (3.3.0 ⁇ b ⁇ 27.0, more preferably (3.3.0 ⁇ b ⁇ 22.0. This reduces damage to the linear light source.
  • the thickness of the direct backlight device can be made appropriate, and in this case, the average distance a (mm) between the centers of the adjacent linear light sources is further set to 20 ⁇ a ⁇ 200, preferably By setting 22 ⁇ a ⁇ 170, more preferably 23 ⁇ a ⁇ 150, the number of linear light sources used can be reduced, so that the equipment can be assembled easily and consume less power, or The thickness of the device can be reduced and the angle difference between ⁇ and ⁇ c in Fig. 7 can be reduced. When the angle difference between ⁇ and ⁇ c increases, light from various angles enters the light diffusing plate at one point, and the light path is controlled by the uneven structure. It becomes difficult to control the luminance unevenness.
  • the plurality of linear light sources 10 are of the same type having the same diameter. However, a plurality of types of linear light sources having different diameters can be used.
  • the plurality of linear light sources 10 are arranged such that the average distance b (mm) to the light incident surface 30A is substantially constant for all the linear light sources.
  • “almost constant” means that the maximum value of the average distance b (mm) / the minimum value of the average distance b (mm) ⁇ 1 ⁇ 3 is satisfied.
  • a plurality of linear light sources may be arranged so that some linear light sources are closer to the light incident surface 30 mm than other linear light sources. For example, it may be random or may have regularity that becomes larger or smaller as it goes to a specific location.
  • the specific location is, for example, a central location including a long side of a rectangular light diffusing plate, or a central location including a line connecting the central locations of opposing short sides.
  • a resin colored in white or silver, a metal, or the like can be used for the reflecting plate 20.
  • a resin can be preferably used for the reflector 20.
  • the color of the reflector 20 is preferably white from the viewpoint of improving the luminance uniformity. Also, from the viewpoint of highly balancing brightness and brightness uniformity, it is possible to use a mixture of white and silver.
  • a protrusion that protrudes toward the light diffusing plate and extends along the longitudinal direction of the plurality of linear light sources may be provided. Good. At this time, it is preferable that the protrusion is provided at a substantially middle position between adjacent linear light sources.
  • the cross-sectional shape in the short direction of the protrusion is not particularly limited, but an isosceles triangle, an isosceles trapezoid, a shape obtained by cutting a circle, a shape obtained by cutting an ellipse with a line segment parallel to the minor axis, and an ellipse Examples include a shape cut by a line segment parallel to the long axis, a shape in which convex curves are connected so as to be line targets, and a shape in which convex curves are connected so as to be line-symmetric.
  • the apex portions of these shapes may be pointed or rounded. From the viewpoint of luminance uniformity and ease of production, a triangular shape is preferred.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the protrusions is preferably line symmetric with respect to a line segment perpendicular to the thickness direction of the light diffusion plate. This By adopting such a configuration, it is possible to suppress uneven brightness on the light exit surface of the light diffusing plate.
  • the protrusions may be formed so as to extend continuously in a bowl shape, or may be formed such that a plurality of vertical bodies are connected in the longitudinal direction without being spaced apart. However, it is preferable to be continuous in a bowl shape in that the luminance uniformity can be further improved.
  • a method for installing the protrusion a method of painting a metal frame with a protrusion in white or silver, a method of attaching a white or silver reflective sheet to a metal frame with a protrusion, white or
  • a method of bending a silver flat reflective sheet and placing it on a flat metal frame a method of forming a white or silver resin using a mold having a predetermined shape, and the like.
  • the light diffusion plate 30 As a material constituting the light diffusion plate 30, glass and resin can be used.
  • the resin a transparent resin, a resin composition of two or more resins that are difficult to mix, a resin composition in which a light diffusing agent is dispersed in the transparent resin, and the like can be used.
  • the light diffusing plate 30 is made of a material that is light in weight and easy to mold, so that a resin is preferable, and a brightness improvement is easy, and a transparent resin is preferable. From the viewpoint of easy adjustment of the rate and haze, a resin composition in which a light diffusing agent is dispersed in a transparent resin is preferred.
  • the transparent resin is a resin having a total light transmittance of 70% or more measured with a 2 mm-thick plate smooth on both sides based on JIS K7361-1, for example, polyethylene, propylene-ethylene copolymer , Polypropylene, polystyrene, copolymers of aromatic butyl monomers and (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters having a lower alkyl group, polyethylene terephthalate, terephthalic acid monoethylene glycol-cyclohexane dimethanol copolymer And polycarbonate, acrylic resin, and resin having an alicyclic structure.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
  • the transparent resin polycarbonate, polystyrene, an aromatic bule monomer containing 10% or more of an aromatic bur monomer, and a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having a lower alkyl group are used.
  • Copolymer and resin having an alicyclic structure have a water absorption of 0.25% or less. Resin strength Less deformation due to moisture absorption It is preferable in that a light diffusion plate of a mold can be obtained.
  • the distance between the light diffusing plate and the linear light source is short, or the linear light sources are separated from each other, so that the light diffusing plate is easily heated locally.
  • the water absorption is preferably 0.25% or less, more preferably 0.15% or less.
  • a resin having an alicyclic structure is more preferable in that it has good fluidity and can efficiently produce a large light diffusion plate.
  • a resin composition in which a light diffusing agent is mixed with a resin having an alicyclic structure has both high permeability and high diffusibility necessary for a light diffusion plate, and can improve chromaticity, so that it is more preferable. Can be used.
  • the resin having an alicyclic structure is a resin having an alicyclic structure in the main chain and / or side chain. From the viewpoints of mechanical strength and heat resistance, a resin containing an alicyclic structure in the main chain is particularly preferred.
  • the alicyclic structure include a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon (cycloalkane) structure and an unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon (cycloalkene, cycloalkyne) structure. From the viewpoint of mechanical strength, heat resistance, etc., the cycloalkane structure is more preferable as the alicyclic structure, although the cycloalkane structure and the cycloalkene structure are preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the alicyclic structure is usually 4 to 30, preferably 5 to 20, and more preferably 5 to 15; In this case, the mechanical strength, heat resistance, and formability of the light diffusion plate can be highly balanced, which is preferable.
  • the proportion of the repeating unit having an alicyclic structure in the resin having an alicyclic structure may be appropriately selected according to the purpose of use, but is usually 50% by weight or more, preferably 70% by weight or more. More preferably, it is 90% by weight or more. If the proportion of the repeating unit having an alicyclic structure is too small, the heat resistance is lowered, which is not preferable.
  • the repeating unit other than the repeating unit having an alicyclic structure in the resin having an alicyclic structure is appropriately selected according to the purpose of use.
  • the resin having an alicyclic structure include (1) ring-opening polymer of norbornene monomer and the opening of norbornene monomer and other monomers capable of ring-opening copolymerization. Ring copolymers, hydrogenated products thereof, addition polymers of norbornene monomer and norborn Norbornene polymers such as addition copolymers of ene monomers and other monomers copolymerizable therewith; (2) Monocyclic cyclic olefin polymers and their hydrogenated products; (3) Cyclic Co-polymers and hydrogenated products thereof; (4) Polymers of bur cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon monomers and bully alicyclic hydrocarbon monomers and other monomers copolymerizable therewith Copolymers of these and hydrogenated products thereof, hydrogenated aromatic rings of polymers of bully aromatic monomers, and bully aromatic monomers and other monomers copolymerizable therewith.
  • it may be a buralicyclic hydrocarbon polymer such as a hydrogen
  • a ring-opening polymer hydrogenated product of norbornene monomer preferred by norbornene polymer and vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon polymer from the viewpoint of heat resistance, mechanical strength and the like Hydrogenated ring-opening copolymer of norbornene monomer and other monomers capable of ring-opening copolymerization, hydrogenated aromatic ring of vinyl aromatic monomer polymer, and vinyl aromatic More preferred is a hydrogenated aromatic ring copolymer of a monomer and another monomer copolymerizable therewith.
  • the light diffusing agent is a particle having a property of diffusing light, and can include an inorganic filler and an organic filler.
  • Inorganic fillers include silica, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum oxide, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, barium sulfate, magnesium silicate, and mixtures thereof.
  • Examples of the organic filler include acrylic resin, polyurethane, polychlorinated butyl, polystyrene resin, polyacrylonitrile, polyamide, polysiloxane resin, melamine resin, and benzoguanamine resin.
  • polystyrene resin, polysiloxane resin, and fine particles made of these cross-linked products are preferred because of their high dispersibility, high heat resistance, and no coloration (yellowing) during molding. Fine particles made of a cross-linked product of a polysiloxane resin are more preferred in that they are more excellent in heat resistance.
  • Examples of the shape of the light diffusing agent include a spherical shape, a cubic shape, a needle shape, a rod shape, a spindle shape, a plate shape, a scale shape, and a fiber shape. Among these, light diffusion is possible. A spherical shape is preferred in that the direction can be isotropic.
  • the light diffusing agent is preferably used in a state of being uniformly dispersed in the transparent resin.
  • the content of the light diffusing agent can be appropriately selected according to the thickness of the light diffusing plate, the interval between the linear light sources, and the like.
  • the total light transmittance of the resin composition in which is dispersed is 40% to 98%, and more preferably 45% to 95%.
  • the total light transmittance is based on JIS K7361-1 (this standard is measured using a single beam photometer equipped with a light source and a photo detector specified by the CIE standard). It is a value measured with a 2 mm thick plate smooth on both sides.
  • the thickness of the light diffusing plate 30 is preferably 0.4 mm to 5 mm, more preferably 0.8 mm to 4 mm. By setting the thickness of the light diffusing plate 30 within the above-mentioned preferable range, it is possible to suppress stagnation due to its own weight and facilitate molding.
  • a concavo-convex structure 40 is formed on the light emitting surface 30B corresponding to one surface.
  • the concavo-convex structure 40 is configured to include a plurality of lenticulars 41 having a convex arcuate cross section extending substantially in parallel along the longitudinal direction of the linear light source 10.
  • the center line average roughness Ra along the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the lenticular 41 (left-right direction in the figure) is 3 111 to 1; 1, OOO rn.
  • the centerline average roughness Ra measured along the left-right direction shows the maximum value. .
  • the center line average roughness Ra of the light exit surface 30B which is the target surface, can be obtained by reading directly using an ultra-deep shape measuring microscope based on JIS B0601.
  • the light incident surface 30A corresponding to the other surface is a flat surface having a center line average roughness Ra of 3 m or less in an arbitrary direction within the surface.
  • “the maximum value of the centerline average roughness Ra measured along various directions” can be simply the maximum value of the centerline average roughness measured along all directions.
  • the curve constituting the cross section of the lenticular 41 may be an arc as described above, an elliptic arc, a parabolic arc, or the like. Further, as shown in FIG. 8, it may be a shape having two oblique sides S of a triangle and a curved portion C (for example, an arc shape) formed in a curved shape at the apex portion of the triangle. Note that the length of the curved portion C is 40% or more of the total length of the two hypotenuses S and the curved portion C.
  • the method for forming the concavo-convex structure on the surface of the light diffusing plate is not particularly limited.
  • the method may be a method of forming the concavo-convex structure on the surface of the plate-shaped light diffusing plate. It is also possible to form the concavo-convex structure integrally with the formation of the flat plate portion (in this specification, sometimes referred to as a light diffusing plate base).
  • Examples of a method for forming a concavo-convex structure on the surface of the flat light diffusing plate include, for example, a method of cutting the surface of the flat light diffusing plate, and a process having a desired shape on the flat light diffusing plate.
  • a method of laminating or affixing a sheet having a concavo-convex structure such as a rhythm sheet, applying a photo-curing resin or a thermosetting resin to the surface of a flat light diffusing plate, and applying a desired shape to the coating film with a roll or a mold With a force S mention may be made of a method of transferring and curing the coating film in that state, and an embossing method of pressing the surface of the flat light diffusion plate with a roll or a stamp having a desired shape.
  • a casting method using a casting mold capable of forming a desired concavo-convex structure a mold capable of forming a desired concavo-convex structure
  • An injection molding method using can be mentioned.
  • the injection molding method and the casting method have a simple process because the concavo-convex structure can be formed simultaneously with the formation of the light diffusion plate base.
  • the casting method can be performed in a mold capable of forming a plate, or can be performed continuously while pouring the raw material between two continuous belts and driving the belt.
  • the mold temperature at the time of injecting the resin is raised and the mold is rapidly cooled during cooling.
  • an injection compression molding method may be applied in which the mold is expanded when the resin is injected and then the mold is closed.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram for explaining a light transmission suppressing layer provided on the light incident surface.
  • the light incident surface 30A has a position X projected from the central axis of an arbitrary linear light source 1 OA and the linear light source 1 OA.
  • a light transmission suppressing layer 50 that suppresses light transmission is provided in a region between the position Y projected from the central axis of the adjacent linear light source 10B.
  • the light transmission suppressing layer 50 is provided so that the light transmittance increases as the distance from the linear light source 10A located at the closest position increases.
  • the light transmittance in the present invention is the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position of interest unless otherwise specified.
  • the light transmission suppressing layer 50 is composed of a printed layer that reflects and / or absorbs incident light.
  • a light transmission suppression layer as a printing layer, reflected light is scattered as shown in FIG. 10, and the amount of light at an intermediate position between adjacent linear light sources can be increased, thereby suppressing uneven brightness on the light emitting surface. You can power s.
  • the light that exits the linear light source and enters the light diffusing plate perpendicularly as shown in Fig. 11 has a relatively narrow angular range due to the boundary condition of total reflection. Therefore, if the distance between the linear light sources is increased or the distance between the linear light sources and the light incident surface is reduced, the reflected light will not reach the middle of the linear light sources efficiently, and brightness unevenness will be suppressed. I ca n’t.
  • the position where the linear light source is projected becomes brighter than other parts under certain conditions. It is necessary to install the layer at the projection position of the linear light source to suppress uneven brightness. The explanation is given below.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining how the light incident on the light diffusion plate from the linear light source travels.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining the path of light reaching the concavo-convex structure from the linear light source.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the relationship between the critical angle and the light incident perpendicularly in the concavo-convex structure.
  • the slope S1 of the concavo-convex structure of the light diffusing plate has a linear shape.
  • Equation (1) is if the refractive index of the concavo-convex structure is n, the outer diameter of the linear light source is R (mm), and the distance between the center of the linear light source and the light incident surface is b (mm), Equation (1) is ).
  • ⁇ g sin _ 1 (l / n) (3)
  • the arithmetic average inclination angle of the concavo-convex structure in the cross section parallel to the light source arrangement direction (left and right direction in FIGS. 12 to 14) and perpendicular to the main surface of the light diffusion plate is ⁇ (max), and the light L1 and the concavo-convex structure slope
  • ⁇ (max) the arithmetic average inclination angle of the concavo-convex structure in the cross section parallel to the light source arrangement direction (left and right direction in FIGS. 12 to 14) and perpendicular to the main surface of the light diffusion plate.
  • the light from the linear light source is used as the light diffusing plate.
  • the slope S 1 In order to reflect light with the uneven structure of this and return the light into the backlight device, it is necessary to totally reflect on the slope S 1. However, total reflection does not occur when the relationship of equation (5) is satisfied. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 17, it is necessary to suppress the transmission of light for the projected position of the linear light source by providing a printing layer in the range that includes the position where the linear light source is projected, thereby reducing uneven brightness. Can be suppressed.
  • the arithmetic average inclination angle can be obtained based on JIS B0601-1994. In this embodiment, it can be calculated using an ultra-deep shape measuring microscope VK-9500 (manufactured by Keyence Corporation).
  • the layer By providing the layer, luminance unevenness can be suppressed. That is, it is necessary to provide a light transmission suppression layer at least in the range where the incident angle to the light diffusion plate is 40 ° from directly above the light source.
  • the range M is the reference line (when the light source is a linear light source) or the reference point (the light source is a point light source).
  • the reference line is the position where the center line of the linear light source is projected onto the incident surface of the light diffusion plate.
  • the reference point is the position where the center point of the point light source is projected onto the incident surface of the light diffusion plate.
  • the minimum value of the rate is at a position intermediate between the position where the center position of the linear light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate and the position where the center position of the adjacent linear light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate.
  • the transmittance is 5% or more lower than the transmittance of the portion including the light diffusion plate and the light transmission suppressing layer.
  • the “transmittance of the portion including the light diffusion plate and the light transmission suppressing layer” means the transmittance of light that transmits both of the light diffusion plate at a location where the transmission suppressing layer is provided. It is the transmittance of light that is transmitted through the light diffusion plate only!
  • the reference to the difference in transmittance such as “5% or more lower” indicates a difference between a certain value of the transmittance expressed in percentage and other values. For example, transmission at a certain point ⁇
  • the excess rate is 5% lower than the transmittance at point P.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram showing a position where an image of the linear light source is observed after passing through the light diffusing plate
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram for explaining a light path from the linear light source.
  • the light emitted from the light source is refracted by the concavo-convex structure of the light incident surface and the light exit surface of the light diffusion plate, and an image is observed at a position different from the position directly above the light source.
  • the brightness since the brightness is highest at a position slightly shifted immediately above the light source, it is necessary to block the light of this path with the printed layer, thereby suppressing uneven brightness.
  • the transmittance of the printed layer on this path It is preferable to make it lower than the minute (specifically, 2% or more lower).
  • the position at which the image of the light source is observed is when the emitted light in FIG. 16 is perpendicular to the light diffusing plate, in other words, when ⁇ 1 becomes equal to ⁇ (max).
  • the following formulas (7) and (8) hold.
  • ⁇ k and ⁇ j have the following relationship.
  • Equation (8) Substituting Equations (7) and (9) into Equation (8),
  • At least the distance N (from the position at which the center of the linear light source is projected onto the light incident surface is used to block the image of the linear light source on the light diffusion plate with the printed layer. It is necessary to provide a printing layer in the range N where mm) satisfies the following relationship. Range N is shown in Figure 15.
  • the area is indicated by an arrow 1501.
  • This print layer can be formed in a dot shape with, for example, white ink.
  • the linear transmittance is controlled so that the light transmittance increases as the distance from the nearest linear light source 10 increases.
  • the formation area of the printed layer decreases.
  • the reduction in the formation area means that the number and area of dot-like print layers per unit area are reduced.
  • the print layer may be continuously reduced or gradually reduced as the distance from the linear light source is increased.
  • the position X projected from the central axis of the linear light source 10A, and from this position X, the central axis of the linear light source 1 OA and the central axis of the linear light source 10B Divide the area between the position Z and the half of the distance between them at equal intervals (shown in Fig. 9 when they are divided into 10 equal parts), and each of these equally divided areas from the left side of Figure 9 In order, the areas are A1 to A10. Formed to gradually reduce the print layer formation range (unit:%) per unit area from the area A1 closest to the central axis of the linear light source 10A to the area A10 farthest from the linear light source 10A It has been.
  • the formation range of the printing layer in each region is, for example, region A1: 90%, region A2: 87%, region A3: 72%, region A4: 50%, region A5: 35%, region A6: 19%, region A7: 11%, Area A8: 7%, Area A9: 3%, Area A10: 0%.
  • a similar print layer that is symmetric about Z can be provided in the region from position Y to position Z.
  • the center line average roughness Ra at the position where the print layer is formed is 0.005 to 111 to 5 to 111.
  • Ra is the value measured along various directions in the plane, similar to Ra on the light exit surface 30B. The maximum value can be set.
  • the linear light source 10 and the light diffusing plate 30 are arranged so as to satisfy the relationship (1), and from the linear light source 10 closest to the light incident surface 30A of the light diffusing plate 30.
  • Distance A light transmission suppression layer 50 is provided to control the light transmittance to increase as the distance from the closest linear light source 10 increases, and the light exit surface 30B has a center line average.
  • Ra (max) which is the maximum value of roughness Ra, is 3 ⁇ m to 1,000 ⁇ m, and the uneven structure 40 having a thickness of 1,000 ⁇ m is formed. Therefore, in the region directly above the linear light source 10, the light transmission suppressing layer 50 Since the transmittance of incident light can be suppressed, the power consumption can be suppressed and the luminance uniformity of the light emitting surface can be increased.
  • the light transmission suppressing layer 50 is formed of a printing layer, the light transmission suppressing layer 50 can be formed by a simple operation. At this time, since the portion where the printing layer is provided in the light diffusion plate 30 is slightly roughened, the light scattering effect can be enhanced and the luminance uniformity of the light emitting surface can be further improved. Further, by using a resin having a water absorption of 0.25% or less as the material of the light diffusing plate 30, it is possible to suppress the displacement of the printed layer provided on the light incident surface 30A of the light diffusing plate 30, The optical function can be fully demonstrated.
  • FIG. 19 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing the direct type backlight device according to the present embodiment.
  • the direct type backlight device 2 includes a light diffusing plate 230 having a light incident surface 230A and a light emitting surface 230B.
  • a concavo-convex concavo-convex structure 240 in which a plurality of linear prisms 241 having a polygonal cross section are arranged substantially in parallel is formed.
  • the linear prism 241 can be a linear prism having a triangular cross-sectional shape (sometimes referred to as a triangular prism in this specification). It is possible to increase the apex angle of the triangle constituting the triangular prism from 40 ° to 170 °, and the distance between adjacent triangular prisms in the same plane to be 20 111 to 700 ⁇ 111. By setting the apex angle and spacing as described above, the luminance unevenness of the light emitting surface can be reduced. It can be suppressed sufficiently.
  • the plurality of triangular prisms constituting the concavo-convex structure it is common to use all of the same shape (including those that can be seen), and it is also possible to use a plurality of types of force. .
  • Examples of the configuration including a plurality of types of triangular prisms include the following configurations.
  • the triangular prism is formed so that the angles formed by two inclined surfaces constituting the triangle and the surface perpendicular to the thickness direction of the light diffusion plate are equal to each other.
  • a specific point P of the light diffuser and a point Q that is a predetermined distance away from the point P in the short direction of the triangular prism it decreases continuously or intermittently as the distance from the points P and Q increases. You may form so that it may become.
  • “equal angle” means that the difference is within 1 degree.
  • the triangular prism has a cross-sectional shape that is axisymmetric with respect to a plane including the thickness direction of the light diffusion plate and the longitudinal direction of the triangular prism, and the concavo-convex structure includes a plurality of types of triangular prisms having different shapes. It is good also as such a structure. At this time, it is preferable that all of these types of triangular prisms are included within the range of the width of the linear light source along the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the triangular prisms.
  • the linear prism may have a polygonal cross section other than a triangular cross section.
  • polygons include pentagons and heptagons.
  • the linear prism is formed in a polygonal cross section including at least four planes, and at least two of the four planes and the other two planes
  • a cross-sectional pentagonal configuration that is inclined in opposite directions with respect to a plane including the thickness direction of the light diffusion plate and the longitudinal direction of the linear prism can be employed.
  • FIG. 22 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing a direct type backlight device according to this embodiment.
  • the direct type backlight device 3 according to this embodiment includes a plurality of point light sources 310 and a light diffusion plate 330 having a light incident surface 330A and a light emitting surface 330B.
  • the light emitting surface 330B is formed with a concavo-convex structure 340 in which a plurality of structural units 341 are arranged.
  • the light incident surface 330A is provided with a light transmission suppressing layer 350 formed of a printing layer.
  • Such a structural unit is preferably a protrusion or depression that narrows the light emission direction.
  • the structural unit 34 for example, as a structure having a shape having three or more inclined side surfaces, a pyramid shape, a truncated pyramid shape, and a lenticular stripe IJ or a linear prism shape are used.
  • the shape can be a V-shaped or U-shaped cut.
  • the pyramid include a triangular pyramid, a quadrangular pyramid, a pentagonal pyramid, and a hexagonal pyramid.
  • the pyramid include a triangular pyramid, a quadrangular pyramid, a pentagonal pyramid, and a hexagonal pyramid.
  • the hemispherical structure may be a dome shape such as a hemisphere or a semi-elliptical sphere, or a dome shape such as a polygonal hemisphere or a semi-elliptical sphere.
  • FIG. 22 shows a case where a plurality of hemispherical structures are arranged.
  • the plurality of structural units 341 constituting the concavo-convex structure 340 may be composed of only one type, or may be composed of a combination of a plurality of types.
  • the present embodiment it is preferable to periodically and regularly arrange a group including the structural unit 341 or the plurality of structural units 341 in order to improve luminance uniformity.
  • the period of these structural units or group is more preferably 20 m or more and 700 m or less, and even more preferably 40 m or more and 400 m or less. When the period is within the above range, it can be easily formed and the occurrence of uneven brightness can be suppressed. [0076] (Point light source)
  • the point light source 310 has a point-like light emitting portion, and can raise the power of raising an LED or a laser, for example.
  • Some LEDs emit various colors such as white, red (R), green (G), and blue (B).
  • RGB red
  • G green
  • B blue
  • (1) using only a white LED as a point light source, (2) a combination of RGB three primary colors, and (3) a combination of RGB three primary colors with an intermediate or white color, etc. can be selected and used as appropriate in consideration of balance
  • a value obtained by measuring the dimension of the point light source in the short side direction of the light diffusing plate is set as the outer diameter R of the point light source 310.
  • the range N represented by the formula (12) is a short length of the light diffusing plate.
  • the long side direction has the same width as the value measured in the short side direction of the light diffusing plate.
  • the plurality of point light sources 310 are discretely arranged.
  • the point light sources are arranged in a straight line; as shown in FIG. 23, they are arranged at predetermined intervals along the vertical and horizontal directions of the direct type knock light device.
  • the point light sources P1 to P4 in FIG. 23 are removed, that is, the point light sources 310 are arranged at each of the four vertices of the rectangle, and the diagonal lines of the rectangle are further arranged.
  • a point light source 310 arranged at the intersection as shown in FIG. 25, a point light source 310 arranged at each vertex of a honeycomb structure in which regular hexagons are continuously formed; That's the power S.
  • the average distance a (mm) and the average distance b (mm) satisfy the relationship of 0.5 ⁇ a / b ⁇ 15.0, and It is preferable to satisfy 6 ⁇ a / b ⁇ 13.0. By satisfying such a relationship, the amount of point light sources used can be reduced and the power consumption of the device can be suppressed.
  • the average distance between the centers of the point light sources may be uniform at all locations or may be partially changed. The case of partial change is, for example, the case where the average distance between the centers of the point light sources is narrowed at the center of the direct type backlight device.
  • the adjacent point light sources are two point light sources in a state where no other point light sources exist on the line connecting the centers of the two point light sources. It is.
  • the average distance between the centers of adjacent point light sources is a point light source L1 and a plurality of point light sources L2 to Ln (n is an integer of 4 or more) adjacent to the point light source L1. Three points are selected in order from the shortest distance between the centers of the point light source L1 and the other point light sources L2 to Ln, and these three numerical values are averaged.
  • a direct type backlight device is configured as follows. In other words, at a certain location, the average between the centers of adjacent point light sources by selecting three point light sources from the closest distance among the point light sources and the point light sources adjacent to this point light source. Find the distance. Then, the area surrounded by these four point light sources whose average distance was measured was projected onto the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate, so that the relationship described later was satisfied based on the obtained average distance. Design the diffuser
  • the center of the point light source regarded as one is identified based on the centers of the LEDs arranged close to each other, and Based on this, the distance between adjacent point light sources is obtained.
  • the distance between adjacent point light sources is determined according to the above definition regardless of the color.
  • FIG. 26 is a diagram for explaining the light transmission suppressing layer 350 provided on the light incident surface 330A.
  • the light incident surface 330A is adjacent to the position S where the central axis of an arbitrary point light source 310A is projected and the point light source 310A.
  • a light transmission suppression layer 350 is provided in a region between the point T and the position T where the central axis of the point light source 310B is projected.
  • the light transmission suppression layer 350 is the closest point light source 310A It is provided so that the light transmittance increases as the distance of the force increases.
  • axes S2 and T1 that pass through the center of the point light source 310C the axes S2 and T1 that pass through the center of the point light source 310C.
  • an axis TC indicating an intermediate position between the axes T1 and T2
  • an axis SC indicating an intermediate position between the axes S1 and S2.
  • the region on the right side of the point light source 310A is divided into, for example, five equal parts between the axis T1 and the axis TC, and similarly, the region below the point light source 310A.
  • the axis S 1 and the axis SC are divided into five equal parts.
  • the left and upper regions of the point light source 310A are also divided into, for example, five equal parts.
  • the five equally-divided lines are connected to each other, and the formed rectangular region is defined as regions A11 to A15 in order from the side closer to the point light source 310A.
  • the formation range (unit:%) of the printed layer per unit area is gradually reduced.
  • the printing layer formation range in each region is, for example, region Al 1: 90%, region A12: 75%, region A13: 30%, region A14: 10%, region A15: 0% S can.
  • the point light source passes through the midpoint of the line connecting the center position of a point light source LSI and the center position of the point light source LS 2 adjacent to the point light source LSI.
  • the concentric circle between the circle centered at the center of LS 1 and the center of the point light source LSI is divided into five equal parts (in this case, each of the five equal areas is closer to the center of the point light source LSI.
  • the print layer formation range (unit:%) per unit area should be reduced step by step.
  • the printing layer formation range in each region is, for example, region B11: 90%, region B12: 75%, region B13: 30%, region B14: 10%, region B15: 0%, force S it can.
  • a predetermined print layer is formed in a direction with respect to one point light source among a plurality of point light sources adjacent to a certain point light source. Then, the printed layer is formed on the other point light sources among the plurality of adjacent point light sources in the same manner as described above. As described above, the light transmission suppressing layer 350 is formed. [0089] According to the direct type backlight device of the present embodiment, it is possible to achieve the same effect S as in the first embodiment. In addition, by using an LED, which is a point light source, as a light source, it is possible to expand the color gamut compared to using a linear light source.
  • the light transmission suppression layer is provided so that the light transmittance increases as the distance from the light source increases (such an arrangement is referred to as configuration A). In particular, it does not have to be so. For example, there may be a portion that does not partially satisfy the relational configuration A.
  • other methods for forming the print layer so as to satisfy the above-mentioned configuration A include, for example, a configuration in which the thickness of the print layer is reduced as the distance from the light source increases, and the ink concentration of the print layer is reduced! / , The ability to list things that use things.
  • the force configured to increase the light transmittance stepwise may be configured to increase continuously.
  • white ink is used as the ink constituting the printing layer.
  • white pigment and white dye can be used as such white ink.
  • a transparent pigment can also be used as the ink constituting the printing layer.
  • the light transmission suppressing layer is provided on the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate.
  • the light transmission suppressing layer may be provided on the light emitting surface, or on both the light incident surface and the light emitting surface. Also good.
  • the light transmission suppressing layer is provided on the entire surface of one surface of the light diffusion plate.
  • the concavo-convex structure is provided on the entire surface of the light emitting surface of the light diffusing plate.
  • the light emitting surface and the light incident surface are not necessarily provided on the entire surface of the light emitting surface. It may be formed at least at a part of at least one of the surfaces.
  • at least a part of the portion means that the area where the concavo-convex structure is formed is 30% or more of the area of the light emitting surface.
  • an optical member such as a diffusion sheet or a prism sheet can be disposed downstream of the light exit surface.
  • a reflective polarizer shown below can be disposed downstream of the light emitting surface.
  • a reflective polarizer that utilizes the difference in reflectance of the polarization component depending on the Brewster angle (for example, the one described in JP-A-6-508449); selection by cholesteric liquid crystal Reflective polarizer utilizing reflection characteristics; specifically, a cholesteric liquid crystal force, a laminate of a film and a quarter-wave plate (for example, those described in JP-A-3-45906); Reflective polarizer with a metal linear pattern (for example, the one described in JP-A-2-308106); at least two kinds of polymer films are laminated, and anisotropy of reflectance due to refractive index anisotropy Reflective polarizers that utilize properties (for example, those described in Japanese Patent Publication No.
  • the total light spring transmittance and haze of the test plate were measured using an integrating sphere color difference turbidimeter in accordance with JIS K7361-liJIS K7136.
  • the total light transmittance was 85%, and- ⁇ z was 99%.
  • a biaxial extruder is prepared by mixing 99.9 parts of polystyrene (PS Japan Co., Ltd., G9504) as a transparent resin and 0.1 part of fine particles of a cross-linked product of the polysiloxane polymer as a light diffusing agent. And then extruded into a strand shape and cut with a pelletizer to produce a light diffusion plate pellet P4. From this light diffusion plate pellet P4, a 100 mm ⁇ 50 mm test plate having a smooth thickness of 2 mm on both sides was molded using the injection molding machine. When the total light transmittance and pitch of this test plate were measured in the same manner as described above, the total light transmittance was 86%, and- ⁇ z was 99%.
  • a nickel phosphorous electroless plating with a thickness of 100 ⁇ m is applied to the entire surface of a metal member having the same dimensions as described above, and a diamond cutting tool with a vertex angle of 100 degrees and a triangular cross section is used, and the nickel phosphorous electroless plating surface is long.
  • a prism array with a sawtooth-like cross section with a width of 70 m, height of 29.4 ⁇ 111, pitch of 70 m, and apex angle of 100 degrees was formed by cutting. .
  • a cutting tool TX having a cross-sectional shape shown in FIG. 27 was created.
  • a nickel phosphorus electroless plating having a thickness of 100 [I m] was applied to the entire surface of the metal member having the same dimensions as described above.
  • the cutting tool TX is used to extend a flat fi on the longitudinal side, width 70 mm 111, height 22.3 mm, pitch 70 mm 111, radius 38.6 mm
  • the shape of a part of the cylinder of m was formed by cutting.
  • Photoresist (Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., ZPP1700P G-30) is applied to the entire surface of a glass substrate with a diameter of 900 mm, exposed to light, and developed to form a cylindrical convex part with a radius of 31 m and a height of 30 m. They were formed so as to be arranged in a square lattice pattern.
  • the glass substrate provided with the cylindrical protrusions was post-beta at 140 ° C. to deform the shape of the protrusions to form a substantially hemispherical protrusion having a bottom radius of 35 m and a height of 35 m.
  • a nickel phosphorus electroless plating with a thickness of 100 ⁇ m was applied to the entire surface of a metal member with dimensions of 800 mm x 500 mm and a thickness of 100 mm, and a nickel phosphorus electroless plating was performed using a diamond cutting tool with a vertex angle of 130 degrees and a triangular cross section. Cut a prism row with a sawtooth-shaped section with a width of 100 111, a height of 23.3 ⁇ 111, a pitch of 100 m, and an apex angle of 130 degrees in a direction parallel to the 800 mm long side. Formed by processing.
  • a nickel phosphorus electroless plating with a thickness of 100 ⁇ m was applied to the entire surface of a metal member with dimensions of 800 mm x 500 mm and a thickness of 100 mm, and a nickel phosphorus electroless plating was performed using a diamond cutting tool with a vertex angle of 130 degrees and a triangular cross section. Cut a prism row with a sawtooth-shaped section with a width of 100 111, a height of 23.3 ⁇ 111, a pitch of 100 m, and an apex angle of 130 degrees in a direction parallel to the 800 mm long side. Formed by processing.
  • the prism rows were formed so that four strip-shaped regions with a width of 30 mm were formed at intervals of 90 mm, rather than being formed on the entire plating surface.
  • the prism row was formed between the 30 mm wide regions where the prism rows were formed, and an area with a width of 60 mm was provided.
  • Nickel-Norelin electroless plating with a thickness of 100 ⁇ m was applied to the entire surface of a metal member with dimensions of 800 mm X 500 mm and thickness 10 mm, and nickel-phosphorus electroless was performed using a diamond cutting tool with a radius of 115 111 and a semicircular cross-section.
  • a groove having a width of 150 m, a depth of 50 m, a pitch of 150 111, and a part of a circle with a radius of 115 m (a portion smaller than a semicircle) was formed by cutting.
  • a nickel lurin electroless plating with a thickness of 100 ⁇ m was applied to the entire surface of a metal member with dimensions of 800 mm x 500 mm and a thickness of 100 mm, and using a diamond cutting tool with a vertex angle of 40 degrees and a triangular cross section, a nickel phosphorus electroless plating was performed. Cutting a prism row with a sawtooth-shaped cross section with a width of 100 111, a height of 68.7 ⁇ 111, a pitch of 50 m, and an apex angle of 40 degrees in a direction parallel to the 800 mm long side Formed by processing.
  • a reflector sheet (RF188 made by Gidden Co., Ltd.) is attached to the inside of a milky white plastic case with an inner dimension width of 700 mm, depth of 400 mm, and depth of 20 mm.
  • 12 cold-cathode tubes 3mm in diameter and 430mm in length, 5mm apart, placed so that the distance a between the centers of the cold-cathode tubes is 33mm, the vicinity of the electrodes is fixed with silicone sealant, and an inverter is installed .
  • the distance b between the cold cathode tube center and the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate was 15 mm. For this reason, a / b was 2.20.
  • a mold having the stamper S 1 obtained in Production Example 5 was prepared, and using this and the light diffusion plate pellet P1 obtained in Production Example 1, an injection molding machine (clamping force) 4, 410 kN), and was molded at a cylinder temperature of 280 ° C and a mold temperature of 85 ° C.
  • a light with a thickness of 730mm x 430mm with a thickness of 2mm is provided on one side, which has a concavo-convex structure in which a plurality of substantially semi-cylindrical lenticulars are arranged in parallel to extend in the longitudinal direction, and the other side is a flat surface.
  • Diffusion plate D1 was obtained.
  • the one surface on which the concavo-convex structure was formed was measured for the centerline average roughness Ra along various directions in the surface using an ultra-deep microscope.
  • the center line average roughness Ra measured in the direction) was the maximum value, and the maximum value Ra (max) was 5. O ⁇ m.
  • the centerline average roughness Ra was measured in the same manner for the other surface, which was a flat surface, the Ra was constant regardless of the direction in the surface, and was 0.6 ⁇ m. .
  • the printing layer formation range (unit:%) per unit area from the area A1 closest to the central axis of the linear light source 10A to the area A10 farthest from the linear light source 10A is as follows. It was formed so as to reduce it.
  • the formation range of the printed layer in each area is as follows: Area A1: 90%, Area A2: 87%, Area A3: 72%, Area A4: 50%, Area A5: 35%, Area A6: 19%, Area A7: 11%, Area A8: 7%, Area A9: 3%, Area A10: 0%.
  • Such a light diffusing plate D1 was arranged on the plastic case so that the concavo-convex structure was the light emitting surface on the opposite side of the cold cathode tube. Furthermore, a diffusion sheet (manufactured by Kimoto Co., Ltd., 188GM3) is installed on top of this, and a prism sheet (manufactured by Sumitomo 3EM Co., Ltd., BEF 3) is installed thereon, and the longitudinal direction of the prism rows of the prism sheet is the cold cathode tube. It was installed so as to be on the side far from the light diffusion plate. On top of that, a direct-type backlight device was fabricated by installing a reflective polarizer (DBEF-D, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.) using birefringence.
  • DBEF-D reflective polarizer
  • the total light transmittance directly above the light source is 60%
  • the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 64%
  • the adjacent light source The total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position was 72%.
  • L1 Average brightness maximum value directly above the cold cathode fluorescent lamps
  • L2 Average brightness minimum value sandwiched between brightness maximum values
  • luminance unevenness is an index indicating the uniformity of luminance, and the value increases when the luminance unevenness is bad.
  • the 16 cold cathode tubes are arranged such that the distance a between the centers of the cold cathode tubes is 23 mm, and the distance b between the center of the cold cathode tube and the light incident surface of the light diffusion plate is 8 mm.
  • the same operation as in Example 1 was conducted except that the current was 4 mA. At this time, a / b was 2.88.
  • the luminance average value was 5350 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.95%.
  • the total light transmittance directly above the light source is 60%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 64%.
  • the total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 74%.
  • Ten cold cathode tubes are arranged such that the distance a between the centers of the cold cathode tubes is 40 mm, and the distance b between the center of the cold cathode tube and the light incident surface of the light diffusion plate is 18 mm.
  • the same operation as in Example 1 was conducted except that the current was 6 mA. At this time, a / b was 2.22.
  • the average luminance was 4086 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.90%.
  • the total light transmittance directly above the light source is 60%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 64%.
  • the total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 72%.
  • the eight cold cathode tubes are arranged such that the distance a between the centers of the cold cathode tubes is 50 mm, and the distance b between the center of the cold cathode tubes and the light incident surface of the light diffusion plate is 23 mm.
  • the applied current was 8 mA.
  • a / b was 2.17.
  • the luminance average value was 4067 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.65%.
  • the total light transmittance directly above the light source is 60%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 64%.
  • the total light transmittance of light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 77%.
  • Example 4 was the same as Example 4 except that the light diffusion plate D2 was changed to the light diffusion plate D1.
  • the luminance average value was 3864 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.75%.
  • the total light transmittance directly above the light source is 60%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 64%.
  • the total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 72%.
  • a white tip type LED (made by Nichia Corporation, NSSM025T: size: 3.0 X 3.0 X 1.8 mm), which is a point light source, is vertically and horizontally centered on the bottom of the reflector. They were both installed in a 26 mm square grid pattern (as shown in Fig. 23) and wired so that a direct current could be supplied to the electrodes.
  • the distance b between the LED center and the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate was 19.1 mm. For this reason, a / b was 1.36.
  • An injection molding machine (clamping force 4, 410 kN) was prepared by using the mold with the stamper S4 obtained in Production Example 8 and the light diffusion plate pellet P2 obtained in Production Example 2. Was used and molded at a cylinder temperature of 280 degrees and a mold temperature of 85 degrees. This will allow you to A light diffusing plate D3 having a thickness of 2 mm and a thickness of 730 mm ⁇ 430 mm having a concavo-convex structure in which a plurality of shaped structures are periodically arranged in a square lattice pattern and the other surface being a flat surface was obtained.
  • white ink is printed on the other surface of the light diffusing plate D3 where the concavo-convex structure is not formed so that the formation range decreases as the distance from the center of the LED increases.
  • a layer was formed. Specifically, as shown in Fig. 26, a certain rectangular LED was selected, and a total of four line segments were created by connecting the center positions of adjacent LEDs in the vertical and horizontal directions of this LED. . Next, a rectangular line connecting the middle positions of these line segments was set. The area between this rectangular line and the rectangular LED is divided into 5 equal parts along the direction away from the center of the LED, as shown in Fig. 26, and these areas are divided into areas Al 1 to A15.
  • region Al l From the region Al l closest to the center of the LED to the region A15 farthest from the LED, the formation range (unit:%) of the printed layer per unit area was gradually reduced. Specifically, region Al 1: 90%, region A12: 75%, region A13: 30%, region A14: 10%, region A1 5: 0%.
  • Such a light diffusing plate D3 was arranged on the plastic case so as to be a light emitting surface on the opposite side of the concavo-convex structural force SLED. Furthermore, a diffusion sheet (manufactured by Kimoto Co., Ltd., 1 88GM3) is installed on top of this, and a prism sheet (manufactured by Sumitomo 3EM Co., Ltd., BEF3) is installed on the diffusion sheet. It was installed so that it was parallel to the long side direction of and the side far from the light diffusion plate. On top of that, a direct-type backlight device was fabricated by installing a reflective polarizer (DBEF D, manufactured by Sumitomo 3EM Co., Ltd.) using birefringence.
  • DBEF D reflective polarizer
  • the red chip, the green chip, and the blue chip constituting the white chip type LED are respectively 2.2V, 3.5V, and 3.6V.
  • the LED is turned on by applying a current of The luminance in the front direction of 100 points was measured at equal intervals in the short direction on the center line of the diffusion plate, and the average luminance La and luminance unevenness Lu were obtained according to the following formulas 1 and 2.
  • the average luminance was 1415 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.95%.
  • luminance unevenness is an index indicating the uniformity of luminance, and the value increases when the luminance unevenness is bad.
  • the total light transmittance just above the light source is 43%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 58%.
  • the total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 63%.
  • the light diffusion plate D1 is changed to the light diffusion plate D2, and the distance a between the cold cathode tube centers is set to 24 mm, and the distance b between the cold cathode tube center and the light incident surface of the light diffusion plate is 6.5 mm.
  • RF188 manufactured by Gidden Co., Ltd.
  • white ink was printed in the manner described below.
  • a / b was 3.69.
  • the average luminance value was 5400 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.73%.
  • the reflective sheet is MCPET (manufactured by Furukawa Electric Co., Ltd.) so that the convex part 2950 is arranged in the middle of the cold cathode tube in 15 regions between the cold cathode tubes 2910. ) was created by bending.
  • the shape of the convex part was a triangular section with a height of 4 mm and a width of 8 mm.
  • the formation range of the printed layer in the area A1 from the position X to 2.5 mm projected from the central axis of the linear light source 10A is 75%, from 2.5 mm to 7.5 mm
  • the formation range of the printing layer in area A2 was set to 20%.
  • the total light transmittance just above the light source is 61 %
  • the total light transmittance of the light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO was 58%
  • the total light transmittance of the light incident on the position where the intermediate position of the adjacent light source was projected was 76%.
  • a reflector sheet (RF188, manufactured by Gidden Co., Ltd.) is attached to the inner surface of a milky white plastic case with an inner width of 700mm, depth of 400mm, and depth of 25mm.
  • Place four hot cathode tubes (made by Elevum Co., Ltd.) with a diameter of 15.5 mm and a length of 800 mm at a distance of 75 mm so that the distance a between the centers of the hot cathode tubes is 90 mm, and the area near the electrodes is silicone. It was fixed with a sealant and an inverter was attached. In the backlight of this design, the distance b between the center of the hot cathode tube and the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate was 15.25 mm. For this reason, the a / b force was .90.
  • a mold having the stamper S2 obtained in Production Example 6 was prepared, and using this and a resin having an alicyclic structure (Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., Zeonor 1060R), an injection molding machine ( Molding was performed at a cylinder temperature of 280 degrees and a mold temperature of 85 degrees using a clamping force of 4,410 kN.
  • a resin having an alicyclic structure (Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., Zeonor 1060R)
  • Molding was performed at a cylinder temperature of 280 degrees and a mold temperature of 85 degrees using a clamping force of 4,410 kN.
  • one surface has a concavo-convex structure in which a plurality of linear prisms (triangular prisms) having a triangular cross section are arranged in parallel so as to extend in the longitudinal direction, and the other surface is a flat surface.
  • a light diffusion plate D4 of 730 mm X 430 mm at 2 mm was obtained.
  • white ink is printed on the other surface of the light diffusing plate D4 where the concavo-convex structure is not formed so that the formation range decreases as the distance from the center axis of the hot cathode tube increases.
  • a printing layer was formed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 30, the formation range of the printed layer in the area A1 from the position X to 10.0 mm projected from the central axis of the linear light source 10A is 50%, 10.0 mm to 20.0 mm The formation range of the printed layer in the area A2 was set to 20%.
  • Such a light diffusing plate D4 was arranged on the plastic case so that the concavo-convex structure was the light emitting surface on the opposite side of the hot cathode tube. Furthermore, on this, a diffusion sheet (Kimoto Co., Ltd. 188GM3) and a prism sheet (Sumitomo 3EM Co., Ltd., BEF3) on it so that the longitudinal direction of the prism row of the prism sheet is parallel to the hot cathode tube and away from the light diffusion plate installed. On top of that, a direct-type backlight device was fabricated by installing a diffusion sheet (Kimoto 188GM3).
  • the average luminance was 8030 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.90%.
  • the total light transmittance directly above the light source is 55%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 65%.
  • the total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 78%.
  • the reflection sheet was prepared by bending MCPET (Furukawa Electric Co., Ltd.) in three areas between the hot cathode tubes so that the convex part was placed between the hot cathode tubes. .
  • the shape of the convex part was a triangular section with a height of 20 mm and a width of 40 mm.
  • the total light transmittance directly above the light source is 63%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 60%.
  • the total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 65%.
  • Example 7 The same operation as in Example 7 was performed except that the method for forming the printing layer was changed.
  • White ink is printed on the other surface of the light diffusing plate D2 where the uneven structure is not formed, and a printed layer is formed so that the formation range decreases as the distance from the central axis of the cold-cathode tube decreases.
  • the formation range of the printed layer in the area A1 from the position X to 1.0 mm from the projection of the central axis of the linear light source 10A is 60%, 1.0 mm force, etc. 2
  • the formation range of the printing layer in area A3 was 20%.
  • the area A4 in FIG. 31 did not have a printing layer.
  • a / b was 3.69.
  • the average luminance value was 542 Ocd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.52%.
  • the total light transmittance just above the light source is 65%
  • the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 58%
  • the total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position was 76%.
  • the light diffusion plate pellet P1 obtained in Production Example 1 was used and molded using an injection molding machine (clamping force 4,410 kN) at a cylinder temperature of 280 degrees and a mold temperature of 85 degrees. As a result, a flat light diffusion plate D6 having a thickness of 2 mm and a thickness of 730 mm ⁇ 430 mm was obtained. For each surface of the light diffusion plate D6, the centerline average roughness Ra was measured in the same manner, and Ra was 0.6 mm.
  • the light diffusing plate D6 is used instead of the light diffusing plate D1, white ink is printed on the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate D6, and it is formed as it moves away from just above the central axis of the cold cathode tube.
  • a direct type backlight device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the same print layer as that in Example 1 with a reduced range was formed.
  • the luminance average value was 4737 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 5.3%.
  • the total light transmittance just above the light source is 40%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 40%.
  • the total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 80%.
  • a flat light diffusing plate D7 was prepared using the light diffusing plate pellet P3 instead of the light diffusing plate pellet P1.
  • a crite device was obtained.
  • the luminance average value was 3863 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 2.0%.
  • the total light transmittance just above the light source is 35%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 35%.
  • the total light transmittance of light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 45%.
  • Example 3 The same as in Example 2 except that the distance a between the centers of the cold cathode tubes was set to 23. Omm and the distance b between the center of the cold cathode tubes and the light incident surface of the light diffusion plate was 15 mm. went. At this time, a / b was 1.53. In this example, the average luminance value was 5296 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 1.90%.
  • the total light transmittance directly above the light source is 60%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 64%.
  • the total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 73%.
  • Example 8 The same operation as in Example 8 was performed except that printing was not performed on the light diffusion plate D4. At this time, a / b was 5.90. In this example, the average luminance was 7560 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 10.1%.
  • the light diffusing plate D1 is installed, and two are arranged so that the distance a between the centers of the hot cathode tubes is 300 mm, and the center of the hot cathode tube and the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate are arranged.
  • the same operation as in Example 8 was performed except that the distance b was 10.25 mm and printing described later was performed. At this time, a / b was 29.27.
  • the average luminance value was 3825 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 118.6%.
  • the total light transmittance directly above the light source is 62%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 62%.
  • the total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 30%.
  • ⁇ Comparative Example 6> Prepare a mold equipped with the stamper S2 obtained in Production Example 6 and the stamper S5 obtained in Production Example 9, and use this and a resin having an alicyclic structure (Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., ZEONOR 1060R). Using an injection molding machine (clamping force 4,410 kN), molding was performed at a cylinder temperature of 280 degrees and a mold temperature of 85 degrees. Thus, one surface has a concavo-convex structure in which a plurality of linear prisms (triangular prisms) having a triangular cross section with a vertex angle of 100 degrees are arranged in parallel to extend in the longitudinal direction, and the other surface has an apex angle of 130.
  • a concavo-convex structure in which a plurality of linear prisms (triangular prisms) having a triangular cross section with a vertex angle of 100 degrees are arranged in parallel to extend in the longitudinal direction, and the other surface has an apex angle
  • a light diffusing plate D8 having a thickness of 2 mm and a thickness of 730 mm x 430 mm was obtained having a concavo-convex structure in which a plurality of linear prisms (triangular prisms) having a triangular cross section extending in the longitudinal direction in a substantially parallel manner.
  • the one surface on which the concavo-convex structure with an apex angle of 100 degrees was formed was measured for centerline average roughness Ra along various directions in the surface using an ultra-deep microscope, the short side of the light diffusing plate D8 was measured.
  • the centerline average roughness Ra measured in the hand direction (430 mm direction) was the maximum value, and the maximum value Ra (max) was 6.6 m.
  • the light diffusing plate D8 The centerline average roughness Ra measured in the short direction (430 mm direction) was the maximum value, and the maximum value Ra (max) was 5.5 m. Except for using this light diffusing plate D8, a surface with a concavo-convex structure with an apex angle of 100 degrees was arranged on the plastic case so as to be the light emitting surface on the opposite side of the hot cathode tube, the same as in Example 8. Thus, a direct type backlight device was obtained. In this example, the average brightness was 7950 cd / m 2 and the uneven brightness was 1.9%.
  • one surface has a concavo-convex structure in which a plurality of linear prisms (triangular prisms) having a triangular cross section with a vertex angle of 100 degrees are arranged in parallel to extend in the longitudinal direction, and the other surface has an apex angle of 130.
  • Width of triangular prism with 30 degree cross section (triangular prism) 30 A light diffusing plate D9 having a thickness of 2 mm and a thickness of 730 mm x 430 mm was obtained, having a concavo-convex structure in which a plurality of 4 mm strips were arranged in parallel so as to extend in the longitudinal direction.
  • the one surface on which the concavo-convex structure with an apex angle of 100 degrees was formed was measured for the center line average roughness Ra along various directions in the surface using an ultradeep microscope, the light diffusion plate D9
  • the centerline average roughness Ra measured in the short direction (430 mm direction) was the maximum value, and the maximum value Ra (max) was 6.6 m.
  • the apex angle 130 The centerline average roughness Ra measured in the short direction (430mm direction) of the light diffuser D8 is the maximum value, and the maximum value Ra (max) is 5.5 ⁇ m Met.
  • the concavo-convex structure with an apex angle of 130 degrees is formed on the hot cathode tube so that the surface with the concavo-convex structure with an apex angle of 100 degrees becomes the light emitting surface on the opposite side of the hot cathode tube.
  • a direct type backlight device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 8 except that it was arranged on the plastic case.
  • the central line force S in the width direction and the center line of each hot-cathode tube in the region of 30 mm width having an uneven structure with an apex angle of 130 degrees coincide with the line projected on the light diffusion plate.
  • the arrangement position of the light diffusion plate was adjusted.
  • the average brightness was 7880 cd / m 2 and the brightness unevenness was 2.8%.
  • UV curable resin manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NK Ester AMP-20GY
  • a polymerization initiator manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals, Inc., Irgacure 184. Apply a mixture of 5% by weight, and place a 90 mm x 600 mm size substrate film (Teijin Limited, Teijin Tetron film (brand name: 03, 50 m thickness)) on top. Air bubbles were removed by pressing from the top. This was cured by irradiating with 600 mj / cm 2 of ultraviolet rays from the film side.
  • the film was peeled off from the stamper S7 and cut into a size of 800 mm ⁇ 500 mm to obtain a UV-curable resin layer 3205 and a base material FINEREM 3204 force, and FINEREM 1 as described above.
  • White ink 3201 was printed on the surface opposite to the surface of the concavo-convex structure so as to form a strip having a width of 100 ⁇ m and a height of 100 ⁇ m in a direction parallel to the concavo-convex structure.
  • an adhesive layer 3203 was applied to this surface so that the height from the surface opposite to the uneven structure of the film 1 was 150 m.
  • FIG. 32 shows the cross-sectional structure.
  • the surface on which the concavo-convex structure was formed was measured for the centerline average roughness Ra along various directions in the surface using an ultra-deep microscope.
  • the short direction of the light diffusing plate D10 (430 mm direction)
  • the centerline average roughness Ra measured at the maximum was the maximum value, and the maximum value Ra (max) was 12.5 m.
  • the centerline average roughness Ra was measured in the same manner, and Ra was 0.6 m.
  • This light diffusing plate D10 was used in the same manner as in Example 8 except that the surface having the concavo-convex structure was arranged on the plastic case so as to be the light emitting surface opposite to the hot cathode tube. A mold backlight device was obtained.
  • the average luminance was 6680 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 3.5%.
  • the total light transmittance directly above the light source is 31%
  • the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source in the position NO direction is 30%
  • the total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position was 30%.
  • Example 1 Example 2
  • Example 3 Example 4
  • Example 5 Light source Type ⁇ CCFL CCFL CCFL Quantity used 1 12 16 10 8 8
  • Optical sheet 1 ⁇ Reflected polarized light Reflected polarized light Reflected polarized light Reflected polarized light Sheet Sheet ⁇ 2 ⁇ Prism Prism Prism Prism Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet 3 ⁇ Diffusion Diffusion Diffusion Diffusion Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Diffusion Plate Pattern Wrench Wrench Wrench Type Kyura Kyura Kyura Kyura Diffuser concentration wt% 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Total light
  • Example 6 Example 7
  • Example 8 Example I II ⁇ Example 9
  • Example 10 Light source type ⁇ LED CCFL HCFL HCFL Quantity used ⁇ 390 16 4 4 16 Optical diffusion Diffusion
  • Print layer Print layer surface jum 0.15 No print No print Uniform print

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Planar Illumination Modules (AREA)
  • Optical Elements Other Than Lenses (AREA)

Abstract

A direct backlight device having an improved luminance uniformity of the light-emitting surface. The direct backlight device has a reflector, a light source, and a light diffuser. A rough structure of a predetermined Ra (max) is fabricated on the light exit surface. A light transmission suppressing layer is provided in a region (MR) on the light entrance surface. The minimum value of the transmittance of (MR) is 5% or more smaller than the transmittance of the parts of the light diffuser and light transmission suppressing layer between the position which is the projection of the center position of the light source onto the light diffuser and the position which is the projection of the middle position between the light source and the adjacent light source onto the light diffuser. An average distance (a) between the centers of the light source and its adjacent light source and an average distance (b) between the center of the light source and the light entrance surface satisfies a predetermined relation. The region (MR) is within a distance (M) from the reference line which is the projection of the center line of the light source onto the light entrance surface of the light diffuser, and (M) and (b) satisfy a predetermined relation.

Description

明 細 書  Specification

直下型バックライト装置  Direct backlight unit

技術分野  Technical field

[0001] 本発明は、直下型バックライト装置に関し、特に、発光面の輝度均斉度を高めること ができる直下型バックライト装置に関する。  TECHNICAL FIELD [0001] The present invention relates to a direct type backlight device, and more particularly to a direct type backlight device capable of increasing the luminance uniformity of a light emitting surface.

背景技術  Background art

[0002] 従来、液晶表示装置には、複数の光源と、これらの光源からの光を反射する反射 板と、光源からの直射光および反射板からの反射光を光入射面から入射し、この入 射光を光出射面から拡散して出射する光拡散板とを備える直下型バックライト装置が 利用されている。このような直下型バックライト装置では、光出射面である発光面では 、光源の直上部分が他の部分に比べて高輝度になり易いという問題があった。このた め、十分な輝度を有し、かつ発光面の輝度を均一化する (輝度むらを抑える)技術の 開発が求められている。  Conventionally, in a liquid crystal display device, a plurality of light sources, a reflecting plate that reflects light from these light sources, direct light from the light source and reflected light from the reflecting plate are incident from a light incident surface. A direct type backlight device including a light diffusing plate that diffuses incident light from a light emitting surface and emits the light is used. In such a direct type backlight device, there is a problem in that the portion directly above the light source tends to have higher luminance than the other portions on the light emitting surface which is the light emitting surface. For this reason, there is a need for the development of a technology that has sufficient luminance and that equalizes the luminance of the light emitting surface (suppresses luminance unevenness).

[0003] 例えば、特許文献 1には、光拡散板における線状光源に対向する面に、線状光源 に近い箇所ほど高密度となるように白色インクのドットからなるパターンを設ける技術 が開示されている。このような構成により、発光面の輝度均斉度を高めることができる 。しかしながら、このような構成では、線状光源間の距離を大きくしたり、線状光源と光 入射面の距離を小さくすると、線状光源中間位置では、光拡散板に入射する光量が 小さぐかつ、光拡散板で光が拡散してしまうことから、線状光源中間の輝度が低くな り、線状光源直上と中間の輝度のバランスが取れず、輝度むらが発生してしまう問題 があった。  [0003] For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a technique in which a pattern made of white ink dots is provided on a surface of a light diffusing plate that faces a linear light source so that the portion closer to the linear light source has a higher density. ing. With such a configuration, the luminance uniformity of the light emitting surface can be increased. However, in such a configuration, if the distance between the linear light sources is increased or the distance between the linear light sources and the light incident surface is decreased, the amount of light incident on the light diffusing plate is small at the intermediate position of the linear light sources and Since the light diffuses on the light diffusing plate, the luminance between the linear light sources is low, and the luminance between the linear light source and the intermediate light is not balanced, resulting in uneven luminance. .

[0004] そこで、特許文献 2には、直下型バックライト装置において、光拡散板の光入射面 に、線状光源の長手方向に沿って延びるレンチキュラー状またはプリズム状の凹凸 構造を複数備えた構成が記載されている。この際、線状光源間の距離と、線状光源 と光入射面の距離とを等しくする実施例が開示されて!/、る。このような構成によれば、 輝度均斉度を高めつつ、高輝度化を図ることができ得るが、線状光源間の距離を大 きくしたり、線状光源と光入射面の距離を小さくすると、凹凸構造では線状光源直上 の光を十分抑制することが出来ず、線状光源中間の輝度とバランスが取れなくなり、 輝度むらが発生してしまう問題があった。 [0004] Therefore, in Patent Document 2, in a direct type backlight device, a configuration in which a plurality of lenticular or prism-like concavo-convex structures extending along the longitudinal direction of a linear light source are provided on a light incident surface of a light diffusing plate. Is described. In this case, an embodiment is disclosed in which the distance between the linear light sources is equal to the distance between the linear light sources and the light incident surface. According to such a configuration, it is possible to increase the luminance while increasing the luminance uniformity, but if the distance between the linear light sources is increased or the distance between the linear light sources and the light incident surface is decreased, In the uneven structure, directly above the linear light source In this case, it is impossible to sufficiently suppress the light, and the brightness in the middle of the linear light source cannot be balanced, resulting in uneven brightness.

[0005] また、特許文献 3、 4では、直下型バックライト装置において、光拡散板の光出射面 の凹凸構造と、凸部に対応した光入射面または光拡散板内部の位置に反射部を備 えた構成が記載されている。このような構成によれば、不要な方向への出光を抑制す ることで高輝度化を図ることが出来る力 S、光拡散板全面にわたって均等に反射部が 存在するため、線状光源中間の輝度も抑制してしまうことになり、線状光源間の距離 を大きくしたり、線状光源と光入射面の距離を小さくすると、線状光源直上と中間の 輝度のバランスがとれず、輝度むらが発生してしまう問題があった。  [0005] Also, in Patent Documents 3 and 4, in a direct type backlight device, a concavo-convex structure on the light exit surface of the light diffusing plate and a light incident surface corresponding to the convex portion or a reflecting portion at a position inside the light diffusing plate The prepared structure is described. According to such a configuration, the force S can be increased by suppressing light emission in unnecessary directions, and since the reflection portion exists evenly over the entire surface of the light diffusing plate, it is located between the linear light sources. If the distance between the linear light sources is increased or the distance between the linear light sources and the light incident surface is decreased, the luminance between the linear light source and the intermediate light cannot be balanced, resulting in uneven luminance. There was a problem that would occur.

[0006] 特許文献 1 :特開平 6— 273760号公報  [0006] Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-273760

特許文献 2:特開 2000— 182418号公報  Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-182418

特許文献 3 :特開 2006— 318886号公報  Patent Document 3: Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-318886

特許文献 4:特開 2006— 208930号公報  Patent Document 4: Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-208930

発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention

発明が解決しょうとする課題  Problems to be solved by the invention

[0007] ところで、近年では、線状光源の数を減らして消費電力を低減させる技術や、より薄 型のバックライト装置の開発が求められている。し力もながら、特許文献;!〜 4に示す 構成において、線状光源と光入射面との距離に比べて線状光源間の距離を大きくし ていぐ換言すれば線状光源の使用本数を減らしたり、線状光源と光入射面の距離 を小さくしていくと、消費電力を低減したり、ノ ックライト装置を薄くすることはできるも のの、前述のように、光拡散板に白色インクのドットからなるパターンを設たり、線状光 源の長手方向に沿って延びるレンチキュラー状またはプリズム状の凹凸構造を複数 備えるだけでは、輝度むらが発生するという問題があった。このため、線状光源の数 を減らした態様でも、十分に輝度均斉度を高めることができる技術の開発が求められ ている。なお、このような問題は、線状光源に限らず、点状光源においても同様に生 じていた。 Meanwhile, in recent years, there has been a demand for the development of a technology for reducing power consumption by reducing the number of linear light sources and a thinner backlight device. However, in the configurations shown in Patent Documents !! to 4, the distance between the linear light sources is made larger than the distance between the linear light source and the light incident surface, in other words, the number of linear light sources used is reduced. If the distance between the linear light source and the light incident surface is reduced, the power consumption can be reduced and the knocklight device can be made thinner. There is a problem that uneven brightness occurs only by providing a pattern of dots or by providing a plurality of lenticular or prismatic uneven structures extending along the longitudinal direction of the linear light source. For this reason, there is a demand for the development of a technology that can sufficiently increase the luminance uniformity even in a mode in which the number of linear light sources is reduced. Such a problem occurs not only in a linear light source but also in a point light source.

[0008] 本発明の目的は、発光面の輝度均斉度を高めることができる直下型バックライト装 置を提供することである。 課題を解決するための手段 [0008] An object of the present invention is to provide a direct type backlight device capable of increasing the luminance uniformity of a light emitting surface. Means for solving the problem

[0009] 本発明者は、光源の種類に限らず、少なくとも一方の面に凹凸構造が設けられた 光拡散板において、光源間の距離、光拡散板を構成する材料の屈折率、光源の大 きさ、および光の透過率を抑えるような光透過抑制層の設置条件を高度に関係付け ることにより、上記目的を達成できることを見いだした。 [0009] The present inventor is not limited to the type of light source, and in a light diffusing plate having an uneven structure on at least one surface, the distance between the light sources, the refractive index of the material constituting the light diffusing plate, It was found that the above-mentioned object can be achieved by highly relating the installation conditions of the light transmission suppressing layer that suppresses the lightness and the light transmittance.

[0010] 本発明によれば、下記直下型バックライト装置が提供される。 According to the present invention, the following direct type backlight device is provided.

〔1〕 反射板と、略平行に並んだ複数の線状光源と、これらの線状光源からの直射光 および前記反射板からの反射光を光入射面から入射し、拡散して光出射面から出射 する光拡散板と、を備える直下型バックライト装置であって、前記光出射面および前 記光入射面のうちの少なくとも一方の面には、その少なくとも一部の箇所に、当該面 内で様々な方向に沿って測定した中心線平均粗さ Raのうちの最大値である Ra (ma x)が 3 111〜; 1 , 000 mである凹凸構造が形成され、前記光出射面および前記光 入射面のうちの少なくとも一方の面には、少なくとも範囲 M に光の透過を抑制する光  [1] A reflecting plate, a plurality of linear light sources arranged substantially in parallel, direct light from these linear light sources and reflected light from the reflecting plate are incident from a light incident surface and diffused to obtain a light emitting surface. A direct-type backlight device comprising: a light diffusing plate that emits light from at least one of the light emitting surface and the light incident surface; A concavo-convex structure in which Ra (max), which is the maximum value of the center line average roughness Ra measured along various directions at 3 111 to 1,000 m, is formed, and the light emitting surface and the light emitting surface At least one of the light incident surfaces has light that suppresses transmission of light in at least the range M.

R  R

透過抑制層が設けられ、前記範囲 M において、前記光拡散板および前記光透過抑  A transmission suppressing layer is provided, and in the range M, the light diffusing plate and the light transmission suppressing layer are provided.

R  R

制層を含む部分の透過率の最小値は、前記線状光源の中心位置を前記光拡散板 に投影した位置と、隣接する前記線状光源の中心位置を前記光拡散板に投影した 位置との中間の位置における、前記光拡散板および前記光透過抑制層を含む部分 の透過率の値よりも 5%以上低ぐ隣接する前記線状光源の中心間の平均距離を a ( mm)、前記線状光源の中心と前記光入射面との平均距離を b (mm)とし、 1. 7≤a /b≤23. 0の関係を満たし、前記範囲 Mは、前記線状光源の中心線を前記光拡  The minimum value of the transmittance of the portion including the control layer is the position where the center position of the linear light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate, and the position where the center position of the adjacent linear light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate. The average distance between the centers of the adjacent linear light sources that is 5% or more lower than the transmittance value of the portion including the light diffusing plate and the light transmission suppressing layer at an intermediate position of a (mm), The average distance between the center of the linear light source and the light incident surface is b (mm), and the relationship of 1.7≤a / b≤23.0 is satisfied, and the range M is the center line of the linear light source. Light expansion

R  R

散板の入射面に投影した位置を基準線とし、この基準線から距離 M (mm)以内の領 域であり、ここで M及び bは 0≤ M < b X tan (2 π /9)の関係を満たす直下型バック ライト装置。  The position projected on the incident surface of the scattering plate is the reference line, and the area within the distance M (mm) from this reference line, where M and b are 0≤ M <b X tan (2 π / 9) Direct type backlight device that satisfies the relationship.

〔2〕 反射板と、複数の点状光源と、これらの点状光源からの直射光および前記反射 板からの反射光を光入射面から入射し、拡散して光出射面から出射する光拡散板と 、を備える直下型バックライト装置であって、前記光出射面および前記光入射面のう ちの少なくとも一方の面には、その少なくとも一部の箇所に、当該面内で様々な方向 に沿って測定した中心線平均粗さ Raのうちの最大値である Ra (max)が 3 m〜; 1 , 000 mである凹凸構造が形成され、前記光出射面および前記光入射面のうちの少 なくとも一方の面には、少なくとも範囲 M に光の透過を抑制する光透過抑制層が設 [2] Light diffusion in which a reflecting plate, a plurality of point light sources, direct light from these point light sources and reflected light from the reflecting plate are incident from a light incident surface and diffused to be emitted from the light emitting surface And at least one of the light emitting surface and the light incident surface along at least a part of the surface along various directions within the surface. Ra (max), which is the maximum value of the average roughness Ra of the center line, measured from 3 m to 1; A concavo-convex structure of 000 m is formed, and at least one of the light emitting surface and the light incident surface is provided with a light transmission suppressing layer that suppresses light transmission at least in the range M.

R  R

けられ、前記範囲 M において、前記光拡散板および前記光透過抑制層を含む部分 In the range M, the portion including the light diffusion plate and the light transmission suppressing layer

R  R

の透過率の最小値は、前記点状光源の中心位置を前記光拡散板に投影した位置と 、隣接する前記点状光源の中心位置を前記光拡散板に投影した位置との中間の位 置における、前記光拡散板および前記光透過抑制層を含む部分の透過率の値より も 5%以上低ぐ隣接する前記点状光源の中心間の平均距離 a (mm)、前記点状光 源の中心と前記光入射面との平均距離を b (mm)とし、 0. 5≤a/b≤15. 0の関係 を満たし、前記範囲 Mは、前記点状光源の中心点を前記光拡散板の入射面に投影 The minimum transmittance is a position intermediate between a position where the center position of the point light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate and a position where the center position of the adjacent point light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate. The average distance a (mm) between the centers of the adjacent point light sources that is 5% or more lower than the transmittance value of the portion including the light diffusing plate and the light transmission suppressing layer in the point light source The average distance between the center and the light incident surface is b (mm), and satisfies the relationship of 0.5≤a / b≤15.0, and the range M is the center of the point light source as the light diffusing plate. Projected onto the incident surface

R  R

した位置を基準点とし、この基準点から距離 M (mm)以内の領域であり、ここで M及 び bは 0≤M< b X tan (2 7i /9)の関係を満たす直下型バックライト装置。 Is a region within a distance M (mm) from this reference point, where M and b are direct type backlights that satisfy the relationship 0≤M <b X tan (2 7i / 9) apparatus.

〔3〕 前記直下型バックライト装置において、前記凹凸構造は、前記線状光源の長手 方向と略平行に延びる、断面多角形状である線状プリズム、または、断面が曲線部 分を含んだ形状であるレンチキユラ一力 S、複数並んだ構造である直下型バックライト 装置。 [3] In the direct type backlight device, the concavo-convex structure is a linear prism having a polygonal cross section extending substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the linear light source, or a shape in which the cross section includes a curved portion. A certain wrench quilla S, a direct-type backlight device that has a plurality of side-by-side structures.

〔4〕 前記直下型バックライト装置において、前記光透過抑制層は、入射光を反射お よび/または吸収する印刷層により構成されている直下型バックライト装置。  [4] In the direct type backlight device, the light transmission suppressing layer is a direct type backlight device configured by a printing layer that reflects and / or absorbs incident light.

〔5〕 前記直下型バックライト装置において、前記印刷層は、前記光源から遠ざかる につれて、連続的または段階的に光の透過率が増加するように設けられている直下 型バックライト装置。 [5] The direct-type backlight device, wherein the printing layer is provided such that light transmittance increases continuously or stepwise as the distance from the light source increases.

〔6〕 前記直下型バックライト装置において、前記印刷層が形成された面において、 前記印刷層が形成された位置での中心線平均粗さ Raが 0· 005 ,1 m〜5 mである 直下型バックライト装置。  [6] In the direct type backlight device, in the surface on which the printing layer is formed, the center line average roughness Ra at the position where the printing layer is formed is 0.005, 1 m to 5 m. Type backlight device.

〔7〕 前記直下型バックライト装置において、前記凹凸構造は、点状の突起または凹 み状の構造単位が複数並んだ構成である直下型バックライト装置。  [7] In the direct type backlight device, the concavo-convex structure is a direct type backlight device having a configuration in which a plurality of dot-like protrusions or concave structural units are arranged.

〔8〕 前記直下型バックライト装置において、前記凹凸構造は前記光出射面に形成 され、前記光入射面は、中心線平均粗さ Raが 3 in未満の略平坦面である直下型 バックライト装置。 〔9〕 前記直下型バックライト装置において、前記凹凸構造が形成された面の当該面 内で様々な方向に沿って測定した算術平均傾斜角 Θのうちの最大値を Θ (max) ( 度)、凹凸構造部の屈折率を n、光源の外径を R (mm)とし、 sin— 1 (R/2nb)—siiT1 (1/n) > Θ maxの関係を満たす直下型バックライト装置。 [8] In the direct type backlight device, the uneven structure is formed on the light emitting surface, and the light incident surface is a substantially flat surface having a center line average roughness Ra of less than 3 in. . [9] In the direct type backlight device, the maximum value of the arithmetic average inclination angles Θ measured along various directions within the surface on which the uneven structure is formed is Θ (max) (degrees) A direct-type backlight device satisfying the relationship sin− 1 (R / 2nb) −siiT 1 (1 / n)> Θmax, where n is the refractive index of the concavo-convex structure portion and R is the outer diameter of the light source.

〔10〕 前記直下型バックライト装置において、前記光透過抑制層は、前記光出射面 および前記光入射面のいずれかにおいて所定の位置 NOに少なくとも設けられ、前 記位置 NOは、光力 前記光源の中心から出射し、前記光拡散板を通って、前記光 拡散板の厚み方向に平行な方向に出射する経路と、前記光拡散板の光入射面また は光出射面とが交わる位置であり、前記位置 NOにおける光拡散板および光透過抑 制層を含む部分の透過率は、前記位置 NOと、隣接する前記光源の中間位置を前 記光拡散板に投影した位置との間における透過率の最大値よりも 5%以上低い直下 型バックライト装置。  [10] In the direct type backlight device, the light transmission suppression layer is provided at least at a predetermined position NO on either the light emitting surface or the light incident surface, and the position NO is light power Is a position where a path exiting in the direction parallel to the thickness direction of the light diffusing plate and the light incident surface or the light emitting surface of the light diffusing plate intersect with each other. The transmittance of the portion including the light diffusing plate and the light transmission suppressing layer at the position NO is a transmittance between the position NO and a position where an intermediate position of the adjacent light source is projected onto the light diffusing plate. Direct type backlight device that is 5% lower than the maximum value of

[11] 前記直下型バックライト装置において、前記位置 NOを中心とした距離 R/2 以内の範囲 N における前記光拡散板および前記光透過抑制層を含む部分の透過  [11] In the direct type backlight device, transmission of a portion including the light diffusion plate and the light transmission suppressing layer in a range N within a distance R / 2 centered on the position NO

R  R

率の最小値 TAとし、前記位置 NOと前記光源の中心を前記光拡散板に投影した位 置との間における、前記光拡散板および前記光透過抑制層を含む部分の透過率の 平均値 TBとした際に、 TA<TBを満たす直下型バックライト装置。 The average value of the transmittance TB of the portion including the light diffusing plate and the light transmission suppressing layer between the position NO and the position where the center of the light source is projected onto the light diffusing plate is defined as the minimum value TA. In this case, a direct backlight device that satisfies TA <TB.

〔12〕 前記直下型バックライト装置において、前記光拡散板は、透明樹脂を含む樹 脂組成物により構成され、この樹脂組成物は、垂直入射光で測定した全光線透過率 力 0%以上 98%以下である直下型バックライト装置。 [12] In the direct type backlight device, the light diffusing plate is made of a resin composition containing a transparent resin, and the resin composition has a total light transmittance of 0% or more measured by normal incident light. Direct type backlight device that is less than%.

〔13〕 前記直下型バックライト装置において、前記光拡散板は、透明樹脂を含む樹 脂組成物により構成され、この樹脂組成物の吸水率が 0. 25%以下である直下型バ ックライト装置。  [13] In the direct type backlight device, the light diffusion plate is formed of a resin composition containing a transparent resin, and the water absorption rate of the resin composition is 0.25% or less.

発明の効果 The invention's effect

本発明によれば、光源 (線状光源および点状光源)の中心間の平均距離と、光源 の中心と光入射面との平均距離が一定の関係を満たすとともに、光拡散板の少なくと も一方の面の少なくとも一部に凹凸構造を形成し、光拡散板の少なくとも一方の面に 所定の光透過抑制層を設けることにより、光源の使用数量を減らした場合や光拡散 板と光源の距離を小さくした場合でも、発光面の輝度均斉度を高めることができると V、う効果を奏することができる。 According to the present invention, the average distance between the centers of the light sources (linear light source and point light source) and the average distance between the center of the light source and the light incident surface satisfy a certain relationship, and at least the light diffusion plate is provided. By forming a concavo-convex structure on at least a part of one surface and providing a predetermined light transmission suppression layer on at least one surface of the light diffusing plate, when the number of light sources used is reduced or light diffusion Even when the distance between the plate and the light source is reduced, the V effect can be obtained if the luminance uniformity of the light emitting surface can be increased.

図面の簡単な説明 Brief Description of Drawings

[図 1]図 1は、本発明の第 1実施形態に係る直下型バックライト装置を模式的に示す 縦断面図である。 FIG. 1 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing a direct type backlight device according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

[図 2]図 2は、光拡散板の光入射面でのフレネル反射を説明するための図である。  FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining Fresnel reflection on the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate.

[図 3]図 3は、凹凸構造による、光の出射方向への影響を説明するための図である。 FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining the influence of the concavo-convex structure on the light emission direction.

[図 4]図 4は、光源の、光拡散板の光入射面への投影面積を説明するための図であ FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining a projected area of a light source onto a light incident surface of a light diffusing plate.

[図 5]図 5は、光拡散板の光入射面でのフレネル反射を説明するためのグラフである FIG. 5 is a graph for explaining Fresnel reflection at the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate.

[図 6]図 6は、光源からの光拡散板の光入射面への光の入射角と、光源の光拡散板 の光入射面への投影面積の関係を説明するための図である。 FIG. 6 is a diagram for explaining the relationship between the incident angle of light from the light source to the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate and the projected area on the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate of the light source.

[図 7]図 7は、光拡散板の光入射面への光の入り方を説明する図である。  FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating how light enters the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate.

[図 8]図 8は、レンチキュラーの形状を模式的に示す縦断面図である。  FIG. 8 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing the shape of a lenticular.

[図 9]図 9は、光拡散板の光入射面に設けられた光透過抑制層を説明するための図 である。  FIG. 9 is a diagram for explaining a light transmission suppressing layer provided on a light incident surface of a light diffusing plate.

[図 10]図 10は、光拡散板の光入射面に設けられた印刷層の効果を説明するための 図である。  FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining the effect of the printed layer provided on the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate.

[図 11]図 11は、図 10に示す印刷層が無い場合の効果を説明するための図である。  [FIG. 11] FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining an effect when the print layer shown in FIG. 10 is not provided.

[図 12]図 12は、線状光源から光拡散板に入射した光の進み方を説明するための図 である。 [FIG. 12] FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining how light that enters a light diffusion plate from a linear light source travels.

[図 13]図 13は、光源から凹凸構造に到達する光の経路を説明するための図である。  FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining a light path from a light source to a concavo-convex structure.

[図 14]図 14は、凹凸構造における、臨界角と垂直入射した光の関係を説明するため の図である。 [FIG. 14] FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the relationship between the critical angle and the perpendicularly incident light in the uneven structure.

[図 15]図 15は、光拡散板を介して観察される線状光源の像を説明するための図であ [図 16]図 16は、線状光源からの光の経路を説明するための図である。 [図 17]図 17は、線状光源から光拡散板の光入射面に設けられた印刷層に入射した 光の進み方を説明するための図である。 [FIG. 15] FIG. 15 is a diagram for explaining an image of a linear light source observed through a light diffusion plate. [FIG. 16] FIG. 16 is for explaining a light path from the linear light source. FIG. [FIG. 17] FIG. 17 is a diagram for explaining how the light incident from the linear light source enters the printing layer provided on the light incident surface of the light diffusion plate.

[図 18]図 18は、距離 M及び bの関係を説明するための図である。  FIG. 18 is a diagram for explaining the relationship between distances M and b.

[図 19]図 19は、本発明の第 2実施形態に係る直下型バックライト装置を模式的に示 す縦断面図である。  FIG. 19 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing a direct type backlight device according to a second embodiment of the present invention.

[図 20]図 20は、線状プリズムの第 1の態様を模式的に示す縦断面図である。  FIG. 20 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing a first aspect of the linear prism.

[図 21]図 21は、線状プリズムの第 2の態様を模式的に示す縦断面図である。  FIG. 21 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing a second mode of the linear prism.

[図 22]図 22は、本発明の第 3実施形態に係る直下型バックライト装置を模式的に示 す縦断面図である。  FIG. 22 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing a direct type backlight device according to a third embodiment of the present invention.

[図 23]図 23は、点状光源の配置の第 1の態様を模式的に示す平面図である。  FIG. 23 is a plan view schematically showing a first mode of arrangement of point light sources.

[図 24]図 24は、点状光源の配置の第 2の態様を模式的に示す平面図である。 FIG. 24 is a plan view schematically showing a second mode of arrangement of point light sources.

[図 25]図 25は、点状光源の配置の第 3の態様を模式的に示す平面図である。 FIG. 25 is a plan view schematically showing a third mode of arrangement of point light sources.

[図 26]図 26は、光拡散板の光入射面に設けられた光透過抑制層を説明するための 図である。 FIG. 26 is a view for explaining a light transmission suppressing layer provided on the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate.

[図 27]図 27は、切削工具の先端を模式的に示す断面図である。  FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the tip of a cutting tool.

[図 28]図 28は、スタンパーに形成された凹凸構造面を示す斜視図である。  FIG. 28 is a perspective view showing a concavo-convex structure surface formed on a stamper.

[図 29]図 29は、反射板の形状を説明するための縦断面図である。  FIG. 29 is a longitudinal sectional view for explaining the shape of a reflecting plate.

[図 30]図 30は、光拡散板の光入射面に設けられた光透過抑制層を説明するための 図である。  FIG. 30 is a view for explaining a light transmission suppressing layer provided on a light incident surface of a light diffusing plate.

[図 31]図 31は、光拡散板の光入射面に設けられた光透過抑制層を説明するための 図である。  FIG. 31 is a diagram for explaining a light transmission suppressing layer provided on a light incident surface of a light diffusing plate.

[図 32]図 32は、比較例 8の拡散板を模式的に示す縦断面図である。  FIG. 32 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing a diffusion plate of Comparative Example 8.

発明を実施するための最良の形態 BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION

<第 1実施形態〉 <First embodiment>

(直下型バックライト装置)  (Direct type backlight device)

本発明の第 1実施形態に係る直下型バックライト装置について、図面を参照して説 明する。図 1は、本実施形態に係る直下型バックライト装置 1を模式的に示す縦断面 図である。図 1に示すように、直下型バックライト装置 1は、複数の線状光源 10と、こ れらの線状光源 10からの光を反射する反射板 20と、線状光源 10からの直射光およ び反射板 20からの反射光を光入射面 30Aから入射し、この入射した光を光出射面 3 0Bから拡散して出射する光拡散板 30と、この光拡散板 30の光入射面 30Aに設けら れた光透過抑制層 50とを備えている。 A direct type backlight device according to a first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing a direct type backlight device 1 according to the present embodiment. As shown in FIG. 1, the direct type backlight device 1 includes a plurality of linear light sources 10 and a plurality of linear light sources 10. The reflecting plate 20 that reflects the light from the linear light source 10 and the direct light from the linear light source 10 and the reflected light from the reflecting plate 20 are incident from the light incident surface 30A. A light diffusing plate 30 that diffuses and exits from the light emitting surface 30B, and a light transmission suppression layer 50 provided on the light incident surface 30A of the light diffusing plate 30 are provided.

[0014] (線状光源) [0014] (Linear light source)

線状光源 10には、輝度均一性の観点から、直管状の冷陰極管(CCFUが用いら れている。なお、線状光源 10には、冷陰極管には限らず、例えば、外部電極蛍光管 (EEFU、熱陰極管、キセノンランプ、水銀キセノンランプおよび発光ダイオード(LE D)を直線状に並べたもの、 LEDと導光体を組み合わせたもの等を用いることもでき る。また、本実施形態には、線状光源として直管状のものを用いたが、略平行な 2本 の管を 1つの半円状の管で接続した略 U字状の管、略平行な 3本の管を 2つの半円 状の管で接続した略 N字状の管、および略平行な 4本の管を 3つの半円状の管で接 続した略 W字状の管などを挙げることができる。  The linear light source 10 uses a straight-tube cold-cathode tube (CCFU) from the viewpoint of luminance uniformity. The linear light source 10 is not limited to a cold-cathode tube. Fluorescent tubes (EEFU, hot cathode tubes, xenon lamps, mercury xenon lamps and light emitting diodes (LEDs) arranged in a straight line, or a combination of LED and light guide can also be used. In the embodiment, a straight tube is used as the linear light source, but a substantially U-shaped tube in which two substantially parallel tubes are connected by one semicircular tube, and three substantially parallel tubes. Can be listed as a substantially N-shaped tube connected by two semicircular tubes, and a substantially W-shaped tube formed by connecting four substantially parallel tubes by three semicircular tubes. .

[0015] なお、本発明では、 LEDを直線状に並べたものや LEDと導光体の組合せも 1本の 線状光源として考え、また、半円状の管で接続したもののうち、略 U字状の管は 2本 の線状光源とし、略 N字状の管は 3本の線状光源とし、略 W字状の管は 4本として考 X·る。 [0015] In the present invention, a combination of LEDs arranged in a straight line or a combination of an LED and a light guide is also considered as a single linear light source. Of those connected by a semicircular tube, approximately U A letter-shaped tube is considered to be two linear light sources, an approximately N-shaped tube is considered to be three linear light sources, and an approximately W-shaped tube is considered to be four.

[0016] 線状光源の使用本数は、特に限定されない。例えば、本発明の直下型バックライト 装置を 32インチの液晶表示装置に用いる場合には、線状光源の数としては、例えば 、 16本、 14本、 12本、 8本等の偶数本や、奇数本とすること力 Sできる。  [0016] The number of linear light sources used is not particularly limited. For example, when the direct type backlight device of the present invention is used in a 32-inch liquid crystal display device, the number of linear light sources is, for example, an even number such as 16, 14, 12, 8, or an odd number. The power to make a book is S.

[0017] 本実施形態では、複数の線状光源 10は、互いに略平行に配置されている。隣接す る任意の線状光源 10の中心軸間の平均距離は a (mm)で略一定である。なお、略平 行とは、真に平行な状態から ± 5度以内の範囲内にあることをいう。ただし、本発明に おいては、複数の線状光源は、本実施形態に限られず、平行でない配置でもよい。 また、隣接する線状光源の中心軸間の平均距離は、ランダムであってもよいし、特定 の箇所に向かうに連れて大きくもしくは小さくなるような規則性を持たせてもよい。ここ で、特定の箇所とは、例えば、矩形状の光拡散板の一方の長辺側や、対向する短辺 の中心位置同士を結んだ線を含む中心箇所などである。 [0018] 本実施形態では、前記平均距離 a (mm)と前記平均距離 b (mm)との間に、 1. 7≤ a/b≤23. 0の関係 (A)を満たしている。さらに、 3· 5≤a/b≤17. 0の関係(B)を 満たすことが好ましぐ 3· 5≤a/b≤l l . 0の関係(C)を満たすことがさらに好ましい 。このような好適な関係を満たすことにより、バックライトの厚みを適正に保ちながら、 線状光源の使用数を減少させて、当該装置の消費電力を抑えることができる。また、 上記構成により、バックライト装置の厚みをさらに薄くすることもできる。 In the present embodiment, the plurality of linear light sources 10 are arranged substantially parallel to each other. The average distance between the central axes of any adjacent linear light sources 10 is substantially constant at a (mm). Note that “substantially parallel” means within a range of ± 5 degrees from a truly parallel state. However, in the present invention, the plurality of linear light sources are not limited to this embodiment, and may be arranged in parallel. In addition, the average distance between the central axes of the adjacent linear light sources may be random, or may have regularity that increases or decreases toward a specific location. Here, the specific part is, for example, a central part including a line connecting one long side of a rectangular light diffusion plate or the central positions of opposing short sides. In the present embodiment, the relationship (A) of 1.7 ≦ a / b ≦ 23.0 is satisfied between the average distance a (mm) and the average distance b (mm). Furthermore, it is preferable to satisfy the relationship (B) of 3 · 5≤a / b≤17.0. It is further more preferable to satisfy the relationship (C) of 3 · 5≤a / b≤ll. By satisfying such a preferable relationship, the number of linear light sources used can be reduced and the power consumption of the device can be suppressed while keeping the backlight thickness appropriate. In addition, with the above structure, the thickness of the backlight device can be further reduced.

[0019] 直下型バックライト装置の光源の使用数を低減したり当該装置を薄型化するには a /bを大きくすればよいが、輝度むらを抑制するためには、当該装置の構成を特定の 範囲とすること力重要である。以下にその説明を行う。  [0019] In order to reduce the number of light sources used in the direct type backlight device or to reduce the thickness of the device, it is sufficient to increase a / b. However, in order to suppress luminance unevenness, the configuration of the device is specified. It is important to be within the range of. This will be described below.

[0020] 図 2は、光入射面でのフレネル反射を説明するための図であり、隣接する光源と、 光拡散板とを模式的に示す縦断面図である。図 5は、屈折率が 1. 53の光拡散板の 光入射面でのフレネル反射を説明するためのグラフであり、入射角(度)と反射率との 関係を示している。ここでは、 s波と p波の光の反射率の平均値を示している。  FIG. 2 is a view for explaining Fresnel reflection on the light incident surface, and is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing an adjacent light source and a light diffusion plate. FIG. 5 is a graph for explaining Fresnel reflection at the light incident surface of the light diffusion plate having a refractive index of 1.53, and shows the relationship between the incident angle (degrees) and the reflectance. Here, the average value of the reflectance of s-wave and p-wave light is shown.

図 2に示すように、隣接した線状光源の中間位置を光入射面に投影した位置を Aと すると、線状光源から位置 Aへ向かう光の入射角度(本願において、入射角度は、入 射面の法線方向と入射方向とがなす角である。)が大きくなり、位置 Aでの反射光(フ レネル反射)の量が増える。また、図 5に示すように、入射角が 40度(即ち、 a/b = l . 7)を超えると反射率が増加することがわかる。従って、入射角が 40度を超えるよう な態様では、位置 Aでの輝度が低くなる。さらに、入射角が 60度(即ち、 a/b = 3. 5 )を超えると、入射角 40度の場合に比べて、その反射率の値が 2倍近くになり、その 傾向が顕著となる。このため、入射角が上記範囲となると、位置 Aに比べて線状光源 を投影した位置 B (図 2)での輝度が高くなり、発光面に輝度むらが生じることとなる。 ここで、「投影」は、面に垂直な視点角度をもって、光源の像を面に投影することを特 に意味する。  As shown in FIG. 2, assuming that the position where the intermediate position between adjacent linear light sources is projected onto the light incident surface is A, the incident angle of light from the linear light source toward position A (in this application, the incident angle is the incident angle). The angle between the normal direction of the surface and the incident direction) increases, and the amount of reflected light (Fresnel reflection) at position A increases. Further, as shown in FIG. 5, it can be seen that the reflectivity increases when the incident angle exceeds 40 degrees (ie, a / b = 1.7). Therefore, in an aspect where the incident angle exceeds 40 degrees, the luminance at position A is low. Furthermore, when the incident angle exceeds 60 degrees (that is, a / b = 3.5), the reflectance value becomes nearly twice that of the incident angle of 40 degrees, and this tendency becomes remarkable. . For this reason, when the incident angle is within the above range, the luminance at the position B (FIG. 2) where the linear light source is projected is higher than the position A, and the luminance unevenness occurs on the light emitting surface. Here, “projection” specifically means that an image of a light source is projected onto a surface with a viewpoint angle perpendicular to the surface.

[0021] そこで、光拡散板にお!/、て、線状光源を投影した位置 Bに、光透過抑制層を設ける ことにより、位置 Bでの光拡散板からの出光量を抑制することができる。このように、位 置 Bでの出光量を抑制することにより、発光面での輝度むらを解消できることになる。 し力、しながら、図 3の左側の矢印に示すように、位置 Aに凹凸構造が形成されていな い場合には、入射した光が、入射角と同じ角度で光拡散板から出射することになる。 このため、位置 Aに所定の凹凸構造を設けて、図 3の右側の矢印に示すように出射 光の向きを正面方向に変換することにより、位置 Aでの正面方向の輝度を高めて、発 光面の輝度むらを低減することができる。 [0021] Therefore, by providing a light transmission suppressing layer at the position B where the linear light source is projected onto the light diffusing plate, the amount of light emitted from the light diffusing plate at the position B can be suppressed. it can. In this way, by suppressing the amount of emitted light at position B, uneven brightness on the light emitting surface can be eliminated. However, as shown by the arrow on the left side of Fig. 3, there is no uneven structure at position A. In such a case, the incident light is emitted from the light diffusion plate at the same angle as the incident angle. For this reason, a predetermined concavo-convex structure is provided at position A, and the direction of the emitted light is changed to the front direction as shown by the arrow on the right side of FIG. The luminance unevenness of the light surface can be reduced.

[0022] また、図 4は、線状光源から光入射面に入射する光の投影面積を説明するための 図である。図 4に示すように、線状光源からの光が入射角 Θ aで入射する位置 Cでは 、線状光源からの光が入射角 0度で入射する位置 Bに比べて、線状光源から光入射 面へ入射した光の投影面積が 1/cos Θ a倍となる。ここで、輝度とは、単位面積あた りの光度であることから、発光面での輝度は、線状光源から離れるにつれて、即ち入 射角が大きくなるにつれて低くなることになる。  FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining the projected area of light incident on the light incident surface from the linear light source. As shown in Fig. 4, at the position C where the light from the linear light source is incident at an incident angle Θa, the light from the linear light source is lighter than at the position B where the light from the linear light source is incident at an incident angle of 0 degree. The projected area of the light incident on the incident surface is 1 / cos Θ a times. Here, since the luminance is the luminous intensity per unit area, the luminance on the light emitting surface decreases as the distance from the linear light source increases, that is, as the incident angle increases.

[0023] 図 6は、線状光源から光入射面への光の入射角(度)と、光入射面への投影面積と の関係を説明するためのグラフである。図 6に示すように、 1/cos Θ aのィ直は、 Θ aが 80度(即ち、 a/b = l l . 3)から大きくなり始め、 85度(即ち、 a/b = 22. 9)を超える と急激に大きくなる。つまり、入射角が 85度を超えると、線状光源間の輝度が急激に 低くなり、輝度むらを抑えることが困難となる。  FIG. 6 is a graph for explaining the relationship between the incident angle (degrees) of light from the linear light source to the light incident surface and the projected area on the light incident surface. As shown in Fig. 6, the 1 / cos Θ a is straight from Θ a starting from 80 degrees (ie a / b = ll. 3) and 85 degrees (ie a / b = 22.9). ) Will increase rapidly. In other words, when the incident angle exceeds 85 degrees, the brightness between the linear light sources decreases rapidly, making it difficult to suppress brightness unevenness.

このため、本発明では、前述した関係 (A)を満たす必要がある。  For this reason, in this invention, it is necessary to satisfy | fill the relationship (A) mentioned above.

[0024] 線状光源 10の外径 R (mm)は、 2≤R≤30,好ましくは 2. 5≤R≤25,より好ましく は 2. 5≤R≤20である。線状光源 10の中心軸と、光拡散板 30の光入射面 30Aとの 平均距離 b (mm)は、直下型バックライト装置の厚みと輝度均斉度を考慮して設計す れ ίίょレヽ力 3. 0≤b≤32. 0、好ましく (ま 3. 0≤b≤27. 0、より好ましく (ま 3. 0≤b ≤22. 0である。これにより、線状光源の破損等を低減できるとともに、直下型バックラ イト装置の厚みを適正なものとすることが出来る。この場合、更に、隣接する前記線状 光源の中心間の平均距離 a (mm)を、 20≤a≤200、好ましくは 22≤a≤ 170、より好 ましくは 23≤a≤ 150とすることにより、線状光源の使用数量を減少させて、当該装 置の組み立てが容易で、消費電力を少なくする、または、当該装置の厚みを薄くする ことが出来るとともに、図 7の Θ と Θ cの角度差を小さくすることができ、光拡散板の 凹凸構造により輝度むらを解消することができる。 Θ と Θ cの角度差が大きくなると、 光拡散板の 1点に光源から様々な角度の光が入ることになり、凹凸構造で光路を制 御し難くなり、輝度むらを抑えることが困難となる。 [0024] The outer diameter R (mm) of the linear light source 10 is 2≤R≤30, preferably 2.5≤R≤25, more preferably 2.5≤R≤20. The average distance b (mm) between the central axis of the linear light source 10 and the light incident surface 30A of the light diffusing plate 30 is designed in consideration of the thickness and luminance uniformity of the direct type backlight device. 3. 0≤b≤32.0, preferably (3.3.0≤b≤27.0, more preferably (3.3.0≤b≤22.0. This reduces damage to the linear light source. In addition, the thickness of the direct backlight device can be made appropriate, and in this case, the average distance a (mm) between the centers of the adjacent linear light sources is further set to 20≤a≤200, preferably By setting 22≤a≤170, more preferably 23≤a≤150, the number of linear light sources used can be reduced, so that the equipment can be assembled easily and consume less power, or The thickness of the device can be reduced and the angle difference between Θ and Θc in Fig. 7 can be reduced. When the angle difference between Θ and Θc increases, light from various angles enters the light diffusing plate at one point, and the light path is controlled by the uneven structure. It becomes difficult to control the luminance unevenness.

[0025] 本実施形態では、複数の線状光源 10には、径寸法の等しい同種のものが用いら れている。ただし、複数の線状光源には、径寸法の異なる複数種類のものを用いるこ ともできる。 In the present embodiment, the plurality of linear light sources 10 are of the same type having the same diameter. However, a plurality of types of linear light sources having different diameters can be used.

また、本実施形態では、複数の線状光源 10は、光入射面 30Aとの平均距離 b (m m)がすべての線状光源でほぼ一定となるように配置されている。なお、ほぼ一定と は、平均距離 b (mm)の最大値/平均距離 b (mm)の最小値≤1 · 3を満たす場合で ある。ただし、一部の線状光源が他の線状光源よりも光入射面 30Αに近接するように 、複数の線状光源を配置してもよい。例えば、ランダムであってもよいし、特定の箇所 に向かうに連れて大きくもしくは小さくなるような規則性を持たせてもよい。ここで、特 定の箇所とは、例えば、矩形状の光拡散板の長辺側や、対向する短辺の中心位置 同士を結んだ線を含む中心箇所などである。  In the present embodiment, the plurality of linear light sources 10 are arranged such that the average distance b (mm) to the light incident surface 30A is substantially constant for all the linear light sources. Note that “almost constant” means that the maximum value of the average distance b (mm) / the minimum value of the average distance b (mm) ≤ 1 · 3 is satisfied. However, a plurality of linear light sources may be arranged so that some linear light sources are closer to the light incident surface 30 mm than other linear light sources. For example, it may be random or may have regularity that becomes larger or smaller as it goes to a specific location. Here, the specific location is, for example, a central location including a long side of a rectangular light diffusing plate, or a central location including a line connecting the central locations of opposing short sides.

[0026] (反射板) [0026] (Reflector)

反射板 20には、白色または銀色に着色された樹脂、および金属等を用いることが できる。この中でも、軽量化の観点から、反射板 20には樹脂を好ましく用いることがで きる。反射板 20の色は、輝度均斉度を向上できる観点から白色であることが好ましい 。また、輝度と輝度均斉度を高度にバランスさせる観点から、白色と銀色とを混合した あのを用いることあでさる。  For the reflecting plate 20, a resin colored in white or silver, a metal, or the like can be used. Among these, from the viewpoint of weight reduction, a resin can be preferably used for the reflector 20. The color of the reflector 20 is preferably white from the viewpoint of improving the luminance uniformity. Also, from the viewpoint of highly balancing brightness and brightness uniformity, it is possible to use a mixture of white and silver.

[0027] 前記反射板における、複数の線状光源間に位置する領域には、光拡散板側へ突 出し、かつ複数の線状光源の長手方向に沿って延びる突起部が設けられていてもよ い。この際、突起部は、隣接する線状光源の略中間の位置に設けられることが好まし い。さらに、突起部の短手方向における断面形状は特に限定されないが、二等辺三 角形、等脚台形、円形を切断した形状、楕円形を短軸に平行な線分で切断した形状 、楕円形を長軸に平行な線分で切断した形状、下に凸の曲線を線対象になるように 連ねた形状、上に凸の曲線を線対称になるように連ねた形状等があげられる。これら の形状の頂点部分は、尖っていてもよいし、丸みを帯びていてもよい。輝度均斉度、 製造の簡便さの観点からは三角形状であることが好ましい。また、突起部の断面形状 は、光拡散板の厚み方向に垂直な線分に対して線対称であることが好ましい。このよ うな構成とすることにより、光拡散板の光出射面での輝度むらを抑えることができる。 [0027] In the region of the reflecting plate located between the plurality of linear light sources, a protrusion that protrudes toward the light diffusing plate and extends along the longitudinal direction of the plurality of linear light sources may be provided. Good. At this time, it is preferable that the protrusion is provided at a substantially middle position between adjacent linear light sources. Furthermore, the cross-sectional shape in the short direction of the protrusion is not particularly limited, but an isosceles triangle, an isosceles trapezoid, a shape obtained by cutting a circle, a shape obtained by cutting an ellipse with a line segment parallel to the minor axis, and an ellipse Examples include a shape cut by a line segment parallel to the long axis, a shape in which convex curves are connected so as to be line targets, and a shape in which convex curves are connected so as to be line-symmetric. The apex portions of these shapes may be pointed or rounded. From the viewpoint of luminance uniformity and ease of production, a triangular shape is preferred. In addition, the cross-sectional shape of the protrusions is preferably line symmetric with respect to a line segment perpendicular to the thickness direction of the light diffusion plate. This By adopting such a configuration, it is possible to suppress uneven brightness on the light exit surface of the light diffusing plate.

[0028] 前記突起部は畝状に連続的に延びるように形成してもよいし、間隔を空けてもしく は空けずに複数の垂体を長手方向に連ねたように形成してもよい。ただし、輝度均 斉度をより向上できる点で、畝状に連続的とすることが好ましい。 [0028] The protrusions may be formed so as to extend continuously in a bowl shape, or may be formed such that a plurality of vertical bodies are connected in the longitudinal direction without being spaced apart. However, it is preferable to be continuous in a bowl shape in that the luminance uniformity can be further improved.

[0029] 前記突起部の設置方法としては、突起部の付いた金属フレームを白色もしくは銀 色で塗装する方法、突起部の付いた金属フレームに白色もしくは銀色の反射シート を貼り付ける方法、白色もしくは銀色の平坦な反射シートを折り曲げて平坦な金属フ レームに設置する方法、および、白色もしくは銀色の樹脂を所定の形状の金型を用 いて成形する方法、等を挙げること力 Sできる。 [0029] As the method for installing the protrusion, a method of painting a metal frame with a protrusion in white or silver, a method of attaching a white or silver reflective sheet to a metal frame with a protrusion, white or For example, it is possible to cite a method of bending a silver flat reflective sheet and placing it on a flat metal frame, a method of forming a white or silver resin using a mold having a predetermined shape, and the like.

[0030] (光拡散板) [0030] (Light diffusion plate)

光拡散板 30を構成する材質としては、ガラスおよび樹脂を用いることができる。樹 脂としては、透明樹脂、混合しにくい 2種以上の樹脂の樹脂組成物、透明樹脂に光 拡散剤を分散させた樹脂組成物などを用いることができる。これらの中でも、光拡散 板 30を構成する材質としては、軽量であること、成形が容易であることから樹脂が好 ましぐ輝度向上が容易である点からは透明樹脂が好ましぐ全光線透過率とヘーズ の調整が容易である点からは透明樹脂に光拡散剤を分散させた樹脂組成物が好ま しい。  As a material constituting the light diffusion plate 30, glass and resin can be used. As the resin, a transparent resin, a resin composition of two or more resins that are difficult to mix, a resin composition in which a light diffusing agent is dispersed in the transparent resin, and the like can be used. Among these, the light diffusing plate 30 is made of a material that is light in weight and easy to mold, so that a resin is preferable, and a brightness improvement is easy, and a transparent resin is preferable. From the viewpoint of easy adjustment of the rate and haze, a resin composition in which a light diffusing agent is dispersed in a transparent resin is preferred.

[0031] 透明樹脂とは、 JIS K7361— 1に基づいて、両面平滑な 2mm厚の板で測定した 全光線透過率が 70%以上の樹脂のことであり、例えば、ポリエチレン、プロピレン エチレン共重合体、ポリプロピレン、ポリスチレン、芳香族ビュル単量体と低級アルキ ル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとの共重合体、ポリエチレンテレフタ レート、テレフタル酸一エチレングリコールーシクロへキサンジメタノール共重合体、 ポリカーボネート、アクリル樹脂、および脂環式構造を有する樹脂などを挙げることが できる。なお、(メタ)アクリル酸とは、アクリル酸およびメタクリル酸のことである。  [0031] The transparent resin is a resin having a total light transmittance of 70% or more measured with a 2 mm-thick plate smooth on both sides based on JIS K7361-1, for example, polyethylene, propylene-ethylene copolymer , Polypropylene, polystyrene, copolymers of aromatic butyl monomers and (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters having a lower alkyl group, polyethylene terephthalate, terephthalic acid monoethylene glycol-cyclohexane dimethanol copolymer And polycarbonate, acrylic resin, and resin having an alicyclic structure. In addition, (meth) acrylic acid is acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.

[0032] これらの中でも、透明樹脂としては、ポリカーボネート、ポリスチレン、芳香族ビュル 単量体を 10%以上含有する芳香族ビュル系単量体と低級アルキル基を有する (メタ )アクリル酸アルキルエステルとの共重合体、および脂環式構造を有する樹脂等の吸 水率が 0. 25%以下である樹脂力 吸湿による変形が少ないので、反りの少ない大 型の光拡散板を得ることができる点で好ましい。 [0032] Among these, as the transparent resin, polycarbonate, polystyrene, an aromatic bule monomer containing 10% or more of an aromatic bur monomer, and a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having a lower alkyl group are used. Copolymer and resin having an alicyclic structure have a water absorption of 0.25% or less. Resin strength Less deformation due to moisture absorption It is preferable in that a light diffusion plate of a mold can be obtained.

特に、 a/bが 1. 7より小さい場合、光拡散板と線状光源との距離が近かったり、線 状光源同士が離れるため、光拡散板が局所的に加熱されやすい。その結果、吸水 率が 0. 25%より大きいと局所的な水分含有量の変動が大きくなり、場所による膨張 率の差が生じ、変形が特に起こりやすくなり、輝度むらが生じてしまう。この場合、吸 水率は 0. 25%以下が好ましぐ 0. 15%以下がより好ましい。  In particular, when a / b is smaller than 1.7, the distance between the light diffusing plate and the linear light source is short, or the linear light sources are separated from each other, so that the light diffusing plate is easily heated locally. As a result, if the water absorption is greater than 0.25%, the local moisture content fluctuates greatly, resulting in a difference in expansion coefficient depending on the location, deformation is particularly likely to occur, and uneven brightness occurs. In this case, the water absorption is preferably 0.25% or less, more preferably 0.15% or less.

[0033] さらに、脂環式構造を有する樹脂は、流動性が良好であり、大型の光拡散板を効率 よく製造できる点でより好ましい。また、脂環式構造を有する樹脂に光拡散剤を混合 させた樹脂組成物は、光拡散板に必要な高透過性と高拡散性とを兼ね備え、色度を 良好にできるため、さらに好適に用いることカできる。  [0033] Further, a resin having an alicyclic structure is more preferable in that it has good fluidity and can efficiently produce a large light diffusion plate. In addition, a resin composition in which a light diffusing agent is mixed with a resin having an alicyclic structure has both high permeability and high diffusibility necessary for a light diffusion plate, and can improve chromaticity, so that it is more preferable. Can be used.

[0034] 脂環式構造を有する樹脂は、主鎖および/または側鎖に脂環式構造を有する樹 脂である。機械的強度、耐熱性などの観点から、主鎖に脂環式構造を含有する樹脂 が特に好ましい。脂環式構造としては、飽和環状炭化水素(シクロアルカン)構造、お よび不飽和環状炭化水素(シクロアルケン、シクロアルキン)構造などを挙げることが できる。機械的強度、耐熱性などの観点から、脂環式構造としては、シクロアルカン 構造およびシクロアルケン構造が好ましぐ中でもシクロアルカン構造がより好ましい 。脂環式構造を構成する炭素原子数は、通常 4〜30個、好ましくは 5〜20個、より好 ましくは 5〜; 15個の範囲とすることができる。この場合には、機械的強度、耐熱性及 び光拡散板の成形性の特性を高度にバランスできて好適である。  [0034] The resin having an alicyclic structure is a resin having an alicyclic structure in the main chain and / or side chain. From the viewpoints of mechanical strength and heat resistance, a resin containing an alicyclic structure in the main chain is particularly preferred. Examples of the alicyclic structure include a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon (cycloalkane) structure and an unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon (cycloalkene, cycloalkyne) structure. From the viewpoint of mechanical strength, heat resistance, etc., the cycloalkane structure is more preferable as the alicyclic structure, although the cycloalkane structure and the cycloalkene structure are preferred. The number of carbon atoms constituting the alicyclic structure is usually 4 to 30, preferably 5 to 20, and more preferably 5 to 15; In this case, the mechanical strength, heat resistance, and formability of the light diffusion plate can be highly balanced, which is preferable.

[0035] 脂環式構造を有する樹脂中の脂環式構造を有する繰り返し単位の割合は、使用目 的に応じて適宜選択すればよいが、通常 50重量%以上、好ましくは 70重量%以上 、より好ましくは 90重量%以上である。脂環式構造を有する繰り返し単位の割合が過 度に少ないと、耐熱性が低下し好ましくない。なお、脂環式構造を有する樹脂中にお ける脂環式構造を有する繰り返し単位以外の繰り返し単位は、使用目的に応じて適 宜選択される。  [0035] The proportion of the repeating unit having an alicyclic structure in the resin having an alicyclic structure may be appropriately selected according to the purpose of use, but is usually 50% by weight or more, preferably 70% by weight or more. More preferably, it is 90% by weight or more. If the proportion of the repeating unit having an alicyclic structure is too small, the heat resistance is lowered, which is not preferable. The repeating unit other than the repeating unit having an alicyclic structure in the resin having an alicyclic structure is appropriately selected according to the purpose of use.

[0036] 脂環式構造を有する樹脂の具体例としては、(1)ノルボルネン単量体の開環重合 体及びノルボルネン単量体とこれと開環共重合可能なその他の単量体との開環共重 合体、並びにこれらの水素添加物、ノルボルネン単量体の付加重合体及びノルボル ネン系単量体とこれと共重合可能なその他の単量体との付加共重合体などのノルボ ルネン重合体;(2)単環の環状ォレフィン重合体及びその水素添加物;(3)環状共 役ジェン重合体及びその水素添加物; (4)ビュル脂環式炭化水素系単量体の重合 体及びビュル脂環式炭化水素系単量体とこれと共重合可能なその他の単量体との 共重合体、並びにこれらの水素添加物、ビュル芳香族単量体の重合体の芳香環の 水素添加物及びビュル芳香族単量体とこれと共重合可能なその他の単量体との共 重合体の芳香環の水素添加物などのビュル脂環式炭化水素重合体;などを挙げるこ と力 Sできる。 [0036] Specific examples of the resin having an alicyclic structure include (1) ring-opening polymer of norbornene monomer and the opening of norbornene monomer and other monomers capable of ring-opening copolymerization. Ring copolymers, hydrogenated products thereof, addition polymers of norbornene monomer and norborn Norbornene polymers such as addition copolymers of ene monomers and other monomers copolymerizable therewith; (2) Monocyclic cyclic olefin polymers and their hydrogenated products; (3) Cyclic Co-polymers and hydrogenated products thereof; (4) Polymers of bur cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon monomers and bully alicyclic hydrocarbon monomers and other monomers copolymerizable therewith Copolymers of these and hydrogenated products thereof, hydrogenated aromatic rings of polymers of bully aromatic monomers, and bully aromatic monomers and other monomers copolymerizable therewith. For example, it may be a buralicyclic hydrocarbon polymer such as a hydrogenated aromatic ring of a copolymer.

[0037] これらの中でも、耐熱性、機械的強度等の観点から、ノルボルネン重合体およびビ 二ル脂環式炭化水素重合体が好ましぐノルボルネン単量体の開環重合体水素添 加物、ノルボルネン単量体とこれと開環共重合可能なその他の単量体との開環共重 合体水素添加物、ビュル芳香族単量体の重合体の芳香環の水素添加物及びビニ ル芳香族単量体とこれと共重合可能なその他の単量体との共重合体の芳香環の水 素添加物がさらに好ましい。  [0037] Among these, a ring-opening polymer hydrogenated product of norbornene monomer preferred by norbornene polymer and vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon polymer from the viewpoint of heat resistance, mechanical strength and the like, Hydrogenated ring-opening copolymer of norbornene monomer and other monomers capable of ring-opening copolymerization, hydrogenated aromatic ring of vinyl aromatic monomer polymer, and vinyl aromatic More preferred is a hydrogenated aromatic ring copolymer of a monomer and another monomer copolymerizable therewith.

[0038] 前記光拡散剤は、光線を拡散させる性質を有する粒子であり、無機フィラーと有機 フィラーとを挙げること力 Sできる。無機フィラーとしては、シリカ、水酸化アルミニウム、 酸化アルミニウム、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、硫酸バリウム、マグネシウムシリケート、お よびこれらの混合物を挙げること力 Sできる。有機フィラーとしては、アクリル樹脂、ポリ ウレタン、ポリ塩化ビュル、ポリスチレン樹脂、ポリアクリロニトリル、ポリアミド、ポリシ口 キサン樹脂、メラミン樹脂、およびべンゾグアナミン樹脂等を挙げることができる。有機 フィラーとしては、ポリスチレン樹脂、ポリシロキサン樹脂、およびこれらの架橋物から なる微粒子が、高分散性、高耐熱性、成形時の着色 (黄変)がない点で好ましぐこ れらの中でも、より耐熱性に優れる点でポリシロキサン樹脂の架橋物からなる微粒子 がより好ましい。  [0038] The light diffusing agent is a particle having a property of diffusing light, and can include an inorganic filler and an organic filler. Inorganic fillers include silica, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum oxide, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, barium sulfate, magnesium silicate, and mixtures thereof. Examples of the organic filler include acrylic resin, polyurethane, polychlorinated butyl, polystyrene resin, polyacrylonitrile, polyamide, polysiloxane resin, melamine resin, and benzoguanamine resin. Among organic fillers, polystyrene resin, polysiloxane resin, and fine particles made of these cross-linked products are preferred because of their high dispersibility, high heat resistance, and no coloration (yellowing) during molding. Fine particles made of a cross-linked product of a polysiloxane resin are more preferred in that they are more excellent in heat resistance.

[0039] 前記光拡散剤の形状としては、例えば、球状、立方状、針状、棒状、紡錘形状、板 状、鱗片状、および繊維状などを挙げることができ、これらの中でも、光の拡散方向を 等方的にできる点で球状が好ましい。なお、前記光拡散剤は、透明樹脂内に均一に 分散された状態で使用されることが好ましい。 [0040] 透明樹脂に光拡散剤を分散させる場合において、光拡散剤の含有割合は、光拡 散板の厚みや、線状光源の間隔などに応じて適宜選択できる力 透明樹脂に光拡 散剤が分散した樹脂組成物の全光線透過率が 40%〜98%となるように調整するこ とが好ましぐ 45%以上 95%以下となるように調整することがより好ましい。全光線透 過率を上記好適な範とすることにより、輝度および輝度均斉度をさらに向上できる。 [0039] Examples of the shape of the light diffusing agent include a spherical shape, a cubic shape, a needle shape, a rod shape, a spindle shape, a plate shape, a scale shape, and a fiber shape. Among these, light diffusion is possible. A spherical shape is preferred in that the direction can be isotropic. The light diffusing agent is preferably used in a state of being uniformly dispersed in the transparent resin. [0040] In the case where the light diffusing agent is dispersed in the transparent resin, the content of the light diffusing agent can be appropriately selected according to the thickness of the light diffusing plate, the interval between the linear light sources, and the like. It is more preferable to adjust so that the total light transmittance of the resin composition in which is dispersed is 40% to 98%, and more preferably 45% to 95%. By setting the total light transmittance to the above preferable range, the luminance and the luminance uniformity can be further improved.

[0041] なお、全光線透過率とは、 JIS K7361 - 1 (本規格は、 CIE規格で指定する光源 及びフォト検出器を備えたシングルビーム測光器を用いて測定するものである。 )に 基づ!/、て、両面平滑な 2mm厚みの板で測定した値である。  [0041] The total light transmittance is based on JIS K7361-1 (this standard is measured using a single beam photometer equipped with a light source and a photo detector specified by the CIE standard). It is a value measured with a 2 mm thick plate smooth on both sides.

[0042] 光拡散板 30の厚みは、 0. 4mm〜5mmであることが好ましぐ 0. 8mm〜4mmで あることがより好ましい。光拡散板 30の厚みを上記好適な範囲とすることにより、自重 による橈みを抑えることができるとともに、成形の容易化を図ることができる。  [0042] The thickness of the light diffusing plate 30 is preferably 0.4 mm to 5 mm, more preferably 0.8 mm to 4 mm. By setting the thickness of the light diffusing plate 30 within the above-mentioned preferable range, it is possible to suppress stagnation due to its own weight and facilitate molding.

[0043] 図 1に示すように、一方の面に相当する光出射面 30Bには、凹凸構造 40が形成さ れている。本実施形態では、凹凸構造 40は、線状光源 10の長手方向に沿って略平 行に延びる、断面が凸型円弧状のレンチキュラー 41を複数備えた構成である。ここ で、レンチキュラー 41の長手方向に直交する方向(図中の左右方向)に沿った中心 線平均粗さ Raが 3 111〜; 1 , OOO rnである。なお、光出射面 30Bでは、当該面内で 様々な方向に沿って測定した中心線平均粗さ Raのうち、この左右方向に沿って測定 した中心線平均粗さ Raが最大値を示している。なお、対象面である光出射面 30Bの 中心線平均粗さ Raは、 JIS B0601に基づ!/、て、超深度形状測定顕微鏡を用いて 直読して求めること力 Sできる。また、他方の面に相当する光入射面 30Aは、当該面内 の任意の方向への中心線平均粗さ Raが 3 m以下の平坦面である。ここで「様々な 方向に沿って測定した中心線平均粗さ Raのうちの最大値」とは、単に、全ての方向 に沿って測定した中心線平均粗さの最大値とすることができる。  As shown in FIG. 1, a concavo-convex structure 40 is formed on the light emitting surface 30B corresponding to one surface. In the present embodiment, the concavo-convex structure 40 is configured to include a plurality of lenticulars 41 having a convex arcuate cross section extending substantially in parallel along the longitudinal direction of the linear light source 10. Here, the center line average roughness Ra along the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the lenticular 41 (left-right direction in the figure) is 3 111 to 1; 1, OOO rn. In the light exit surface 30B, among the centerline average roughness Ra measured along various directions in the surface, the centerline average roughness Ra measured along the left-right direction shows the maximum value. . Note that the center line average roughness Ra of the light exit surface 30B, which is the target surface, can be obtained by reading directly using an ultra-deep shape measuring microscope based on JIS B0601. The light incident surface 30A corresponding to the other surface is a flat surface having a center line average roughness Ra of 3 m or less in an arbitrary direction within the surface. Here, “the maximum value of the centerline average roughness Ra measured along various directions” can be simply the maximum value of the centerline average roughness measured along all directions.

[0044] なお、レンチキュラー 41の断面を構成する曲線としては、前述のように円弧状として もよいし、楕円弧状や、放物線弧状等としてもよい。また、図 8に示すように、三角形 の 2つの斜辺 Sと、この三角形の頂点部分で曲線状に形成された (例えば円弧状)の 曲線部 Cとを有する形状とすることもできる。なお、曲線部 Cの長さは、 2つの斜辺 Sと 曲線部 Cの長さの合計の 40%以上の長さである。 [0045] 光拡散板の表面に凹凸構造を形成する方法は、特に制限はなぐ例えば、平板状 の光拡散板表面に凹凸構造を形成する方法であってもよいし、光拡散板の基材とな る平板部分 (本明細書では、光拡散板基部という場合がある)の形成と同時に凹凸構 造を一体的に形成する方法としてもよい。 [0044] The curve constituting the cross section of the lenticular 41 may be an arc as described above, an elliptic arc, a parabolic arc, or the like. Further, as shown in FIG. 8, it may be a shape having two oblique sides S of a triangle and a curved portion C (for example, an arc shape) formed in a curved shape at the apex portion of the triangle. Note that the length of the curved portion C is 40% or more of the total length of the two hypotenuses S and the curved portion C. [0045] The method for forming the concavo-convex structure on the surface of the light diffusing plate is not particularly limited. For example, the method may be a method of forming the concavo-convex structure on the surface of the plate-shaped light diffusing plate. It is also possible to form the concavo-convex structure integrally with the formation of the flat plate portion (in this specification, sometimes referred to as a light diffusing plate base).

[0046] 平板状の光拡散板表面に凹凸構造を形成する方法としては、例えば、平板状の光 拡散板表面を切削加工する方法、平板状の光拡散板の上に所望の形状を有するプ リズムシートなどの凹凸構造をもつシートを積層または貼り付ける方法、平板状の光 拡散板表面に光硬化性樹脂又は熱硬化性樹脂を塗布し、その塗膜にロール又は押 型で所望の形状を転写し、その状態で塗膜を硬化させる方法、および平板状の光拡 散板表面を所望の形状を有するロール又は押型でプレスするエンボス加工法などを 挙げること力 Sでさる。  [0046] Examples of a method for forming a concavo-convex structure on the surface of the flat light diffusing plate include, for example, a method of cutting the surface of the flat light diffusing plate, and a process having a desired shape on the flat light diffusing plate. A method of laminating or affixing a sheet having a concavo-convex structure such as a rhythm sheet, applying a photo-curing resin or a thermosetting resin to the surface of a flat light diffusing plate, and applying a desired shape to the coating film with a roll or a mold With a force S, mention may be made of a method of transferring and curing the coating film in that state, and an embossing method of pressing the surface of the flat light diffusion plate with a roll or a stamp having a desired shape.

[0047] また、光拡散板基部の形成と同時に凹凸構造を一体的に形成する方法としては、 所望の凹凸構造を形成できるキャスティング型を用いたキャスティング法、所望の凹 凸構造を形成できる金型を用いた射出成形法などを挙げることができる。射出成形 法およびキャスティング法は、上述のように、光拡散板基部の形成と同時に凹凸構造 を形成できるので工程が簡便である。キャスティング法は、板を成形できる型内で行う こともできるし、連続ベルト二枚の間に原料を流し込み、ベルトを動力、しながら連続的 に行うこともできる。射出成形法では、形状転写率を高めるために、樹脂を注入する 際の型温度を上げ冷却時に型を急冷することが好ましい。また、樹脂を注入する際 に型を広げその後型を閉じる射出圧縮成形法を適用してもよい。  [0047] Further, as a method of integrally forming the concavo-convex structure simultaneously with the formation of the light diffusing plate base, a casting method using a casting mold capable of forming a desired concavo-convex structure, a mold capable of forming a desired concavo-convex structure An injection molding method using can be mentioned. As described above, the injection molding method and the casting method have a simple process because the concavo-convex structure can be formed simultaneously with the formation of the light diffusion plate base. The casting method can be performed in a mold capable of forming a plate, or can be performed continuously while pouring the raw material between two continuous belts and driving the belt. In the injection molding method, in order to increase the shape transfer rate, it is preferable that the mold temperature at the time of injecting the resin is raised and the mold is rapidly cooled during cooling. Alternatively, an injection compression molding method may be applied in which the mold is expanded when the resin is injected and then the mold is closed.

[0048] 次に、光拡散板の光入射面に設けられた光透過抑制層について説明する。  Next, the light transmission suppressing layer provided on the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate will be described.

図 9は、光入射面に設けられた光透過抑制層を説明するための図である。図 9に示 すように、本実施形態の直下型バックライト装置 1では、光入射面 30Aには、任意の 線状光源 1 OAの中心軸を投影した位置 Xと、線状光源 1 OAに隣接する線状光源 10 Bの中心軸を投影した位置 Yとの間の領域には、光の透過を抑える光透過抑制層 50 が設けられている。本実施形態では、光透過抑制層 50は、最も近い位置にある線状 光源 10Aからの距離が大きくなるにつれて、光の透過率が増加するように設けられて いる。 [0049] なお本発明における光の透過率は、特に断らない限り、光源中心から注目する位 置に向かって入射した光の全光線透過率である。 FIG. 9 is a diagram for explaining a light transmission suppressing layer provided on the light incident surface. As shown in FIG. 9, in the direct backlight device 1 of the present embodiment, the light incident surface 30A has a position X projected from the central axis of an arbitrary linear light source 1 OA and the linear light source 1 OA. A light transmission suppressing layer 50 that suppresses light transmission is provided in a region between the position Y projected from the central axis of the adjacent linear light source 10B. In the present embodiment, the light transmission suppressing layer 50 is provided so that the light transmittance increases as the distance from the linear light source 10A located at the closest position increases. Note that the light transmittance in the present invention is the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position of interest unless otherwise specified.

[0050] 光透過抑制層 50は、入射光を反射および/または吸収する印刷層により構成され ている。光透過抑制層を印刷層にすることで、図 10のように反射光が散乱し、隣接す る線状光源の中間位置での光量を増加させることができ、発光面での輝度むらを抑 えること力 sできる。印刷層が無ぐ光拡散板の凹凸構造だけの場合、図 11のように、 線状光源から出て光拡散板に垂直に入射した光は、全反射の境界条件から、比較 的狭い角度範囲でしか反射しないため、線状光源間の距離を大きくしたり、線状光 源と光入射面の距離を小さくすると、反射光が効率よく線状光源の中間まで届かず、 輝度むらを抑えることができなレ、。  [0050] The light transmission suppressing layer 50 is composed of a printed layer that reflects and / or absorbs incident light. By using a light transmission suppression layer as a printing layer, reflected light is scattered as shown in FIG. 10, and the amount of light at an intermediate position between adjacent linear light sources can be increased, thereby suppressing uneven brightness on the light emitting surface. You can power s. When only the uneven structure of the light diffusing plate with no printed layer is used, the light that exits the linear light source and enters the light diffusing plate perpendicularly as shown in Fig. 11 has a relatively narrow angular range due to the boundary condition of total reflection. Therefore, if the distance between the linear light sources is increased or the distance between the linear light sources and the light incident surface is reduced, the reflected light will not reach the middle of the linear light sources efficiently, and brightness unevenness will be suppressed. I ca n’t.

また、線状光源の数を減らしたり、バックライト装置の厚みを薄くすると、一定の条件 下において、線状光源を投影した位置が他の部分に比べて高輝度になるため、光透 過抑制層を線状光源の投影位置に設置し、輝度むらを抑える必要がある。以下に、 その説明を行う。  In addition, if the number of linear light sources is reduced or the thickness of the backlight device is reduced, the position where the linear light source is projected becomes brighter than other parts under certain conditions. It is necessary to install the layer at the projection position of the linear light source to suppress uneven brightness. The explanation is given below.

[0051] 図 12は、線状光源から光拡散板に入射した光の進み方を説明するための図であり 、図 13は線状光源から凹凸構造に到達する光の経路を説明するための図であり、図 14は、凹凸構造における、臨界角と垂直入射した光の関係を説明するための図であ 図 13に示すように、光拡散板の凹凸構造の斜面 S1には、線状光源の中心から光 入射面に垂直入射する光 L1と、線状光源の端部から入射する光 L2が存在する。光 拡散板の主面の垂直方向と光拡散板に入射する光 L2のなす角を Θ d、光拡散板の 主面の垂直方向と光拡散板に入射した光 L2のなす角を Θ eとすると、屈折の法則よ り、式 (1)の関係を満たす。  FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining how the light incident on the light diffusion plate from the linear light source travels. FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining the path of light reaching the concavo-convex structure from the linear light source. FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the relationship between the critical angle and the light incident perpendicularly in the concavo-convex structure. As shown in FIG. 13, the slope S1 of the concavo-convex structure of the light diffusing plate has a linear shape. There is light L1 that is perpendicularly incident on the light incident surface from the center of the light source and light L2 that is incident from the end of the linear light source. The angle between the vertical direction of the main surface of the light diffusing plate and the light L2 incident on the light diffusing plate is Θ d, and the angle between the vertical direction of the main surface of the light diffusing plate and the light L2 incident on the light diffusing plate is Θ e Then, the relationship of Eq. (1) is satisfied by the law of refraction.

Θ e = sin_ 1 ( (l/n) sin e d) · · · (1) Θ e = sin _ 1 ((l / n) sin ed) (1)

さらに、凹凸構造の屈折率を n、線状光源の外径を R (mm)、線状光源の中心と光 入射面との距離を b (mm)とすると、式(1)は式(2)となる。  Furthermore, if the refractive index of the concavo-convex structure is n, the outer diameter of the linear light source is R (mm), and the distance between the center of the linear light source and the light incident surface is b (mm), Equation (1) is ).

Θ e = sin_ 1 (R/2nb) …(2) Θ e = sin _ 1 (R / 2nb)… (2)

一方、凹凸構造を構成する材料の臨界角 Θ gは式(3)で表される。 Θ g = sin_ 1 (l/n) · · · (3) On the other hand, the critical angle Θ g of the material constituting the concavo-convex structure is expressed by Equation (3). Θ g = sin _ 1 (l / n) (3)

従って、光源配列方向(図 12〜図 14における左右方向)に平行で且つ光拡散板 の主面に垂直な断面における凹凸構造の算術平均傾斜角を Θ (max)、光 L1と凹凸 構造の斜面とのなす角を Θ hとすると、臨界角 Θ g方向を示す線 1401と光 L1のなす 角 6 fは式(4)で表される。  Therefore, the arithmetic average inclination angle of the concavo-convex structure in the cross section parallel to the light source arrangement direction (left and right direction in FIGS. 12 to 14) and perpendicular to the main surface of the light diffusion plate is Θ (max), and the light L1 and the concavo-convex structure slope The angle 6f between the line 1401 indicating the critical angle Θg direction and the light L1 is expressed by equation (4).

Θ f = 90 - 0 g- θ ΐι  Θ f = 90-0 g- θ ΐι

= 90 - sin_ 1 (l/n) - (90 - Θ (max) ) = 90-sin _ 1 (l / n)-(90-Θ (max))

= θ (max)— sin (1/ n · · · (4)  = θ (max) — sin (1 / n

ここで、 Θ eが Θはり大きい場合、すなわち、式(5)の関係を満たす場合、線状光源 力、らの光が凹凸構造の斜面 S 1で反射されずに光拡散板から出射することになる。  Here, when Θ e is large, that is, when the relationship of Equation (5) is satisfied, the linear light source force, etc., is emitted from the light diffusion plate without being reflected by the slope S 1 of the concavo-convex structure. become.

Θ e > Θ f  Θ e> Θ f

式 2と式 4を代入すると  Substituting Equation 2 and Equation 4

sin (R/ 2nb) > Θ (max)— sin {\/ n)  sin (R / 2nb)> Θ (max) — sin (\ / n)

sin_ 1 (R/2nb) + sin_ 1 (l/n) > Θ (max) …(5) sin _ 1 (R / 2nb) + sin _ 1 (l / n)> Θ (max)… (5)

[0052] 光拡散板の光出射面である発光面の、線状光源を投影した位置が他の部分に比 ベて高輝度になるのを防ぐために、線状光源からの光を光拡散板の凹凸構造で反 射し、光をバックライト装置内に戻すためには、斜面 S 1で全反射させる必要がある。 しかし、式(5)の関係を満たすときには、全反射は起こらない。そのため、図 17のよう に、線状光源を投影した位置を含む範囲に印刷層を設けることで、線状光源の投影 位置分の光の透過を抑制する必要があり、それにより、輝度むらを抑えることができる 。この効果は、光源の外径 Rが大きくなるほど、または光源中心と光入射面の距離 b 力 S小さくなるほど、顕著である。なお、算術平均傾斜角は、 JIS B0601— 1994に基 づいて求めることができる。本実施形態では、超深度形状測定顕微鏡 VK— 9500 ( 株式会社キーエンス社製)を用いて算出できる。 [0052] In order to prevent the position where the linear light source is projected on the light emitting surface which is the light emitting surface of the light diffusing plate from becoming brighter than other portions, the light from the linear light source is used as the light diffusing plate. In order to reflect light with the uneven structure of this and return the light into the backlight device, it is necessary to totally reflect on the slope S 1. However, total reflection does not occur when the relationship of equation (5) is satisfied. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 17, it is necessary to suppress the transmission of light for the projected position of the linear light source by providing a printing layer in the range that includes the position where the linear light source is projected, thereby reducing uneven brightness. Can be suppressed. This effect becomes more prominent as the outer diameter R of the light source increases or the distance b force S between the light source center and the light incident surface decreases. The arithmetic average inclination angle can be obtained based on JIS B0601-1994. In this embodiment, it can be calculated using an ultra-deep shape measuring microscope VK-9500 (manufactured by Keyence Corporation).

[0053] また、前述のように、光源上部のフレネル反射の小さい範囲が他の部分に比べて高 輝度になるため、図 18のように、少なくともこの高輝度になる範囲 M に光透過抑制 [0053] Further, as described above, since the area where the Fresnel reflection at the upper part of the light source is small is higher than the other parts, the light transmission is suppressed at least in the area M where the brightness is high as shown in FIG.

R  R

層を設けることで、輝度むらを抑えることができる。すなわち、少なくとも、光源直上か ら光拡散板への入射角が 40° となる範囲に光透過抑制層を設ける必要がある。ここ で、範囲 Mは、基準線 (光源が線状光源である場合)又は基準点(光源が点状光源By providing the layer, luminance unevenness can be suppressed. That is, it is necessary to provide a light transmission suppression layer at least in the range where the incident angle to the light diffusion plate is 40 ° from directly above the light source. here The range M is the reference line (when the light source is a linear light source) or the reference point (the light source is a point light source).

R R

である場合)からの距離が M (mm)以内の領域である。光源が線状光源である場合 は、線状光源の中心線を光拡散板の入射面に投影した位置が基準線となる。光源 が点状光源である場合は、点状光源の中心点を光拡散板の入射面に投影した位置 が基準点となる。ここで M及び bは以下の式(6)を満たす必要がある。 Is a region within a distance of M (mm). When the light source is a linear light source, the reference line is the position where the center line of the linear light source is projected onto the incident surface of the light diffusion plate. When the light source is a point light source, the reference point is the position where the center point of the point light source is projected onto the incident surface of the light diffusion plate. Here, M and b must satisfy the following formula (6).

Figure imgf000021_0001
Figure imgf000021_0001

[0054] 範囲 Μ においては、前記光拡散板および前記光透過抑制層を含む部分の透過 [0054] In the range Μ, transmission of a portion including the light diffusion plate and the light transmission suppressing layer

R  R

率の最小値は、前記線状光源の中心位置を前記光拡散板に投影した位置と、隣接 する前記線状光源の中心位置を前記光拡散板に投影した位置との中間の位置にお ける、前記光拡散板および前記光透過抑制層を含む部分の透過率の値よりも 5%以 上低くする。  The minimum value of the rate is at a position intermediate between the position where the center position of the linear light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate and the position where the center position of the adjacent linear light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate. The transmittance is 5% or more lower than the transmittance of the portion including the light diffusion plate and the light transmission suppressing layer.

ここで、「前記光拡散板および前記光透過抑制層を含む部分の透過率」とは、光拡 散板に透過抑制層が設けられている箇所においてはこれらの両方を透過する光の 透過率であり、透過抑制層が設けられて!/、な!/、箇所にお!/、ては光拡散板のみを透 過する光の透過率である。  Here, the “transmittance of the portion including the light diffusion plate and the light transmission suppressing layer” means the transmittance of light that transmits both of the light diffusion plate at a location where the transmission suppressing layer is provided. It is the transmittance of light that is transmitted through the light diffusion plate only!

[0055] 本願において、上記の「5%以上低い」等の透過率の差異についての言及は、百分 率で表した透過率のある値と他の値との差を示す。例えば、ある点 Ρ における透過 In the present application, the reference to the difference in transmittance such as “5% or more lower” indicates a difference between a certain value of the transmittance expressed in percentage and other values. For example, transmission at a certain point Ρ

A  A

率が 50%であり、別のある点 P における透過率が 55%であれば、点 P における透  If the transmission rate is 50% and the transmission at another point P is 55%, the transmission at point P

B A  B A

過率は点 P における透過率より 5%低い。  The excess rate is 5% lower than the transmittance at point P.

B  B

[0056] また、通常は光源を光拡散板に垂直に投影した位置に少なくとも印刷層があれば よいが、凹凸構造が設置された光拡散板では必ずしもそのような態様が最適ではな い。その説明を以下に行う。  [0056] In general, it is sufficient that there is at least a printed layer at a position where the light source is projected perpendicularly to the light diffusing plate. However, such a mode is not necessarily optimal for a light diffusing plate provided with an uneven structure. This will be described below.

[0057] 図 15は、光拡散板を透過後に線状光源の像が観察される位置を示した図であり、 図 16は、線状光源からの光の経路を説明するための図である。図 15に示すように、 光源から出た光は、光拡散板の光入射面と光出射面の凹凸構造により屈折し、光源 の直上とは異なる位置に像が観察される。すなわち、光源直上ではなぐ少しずれた 位置が最も輝度が高くなるため、この経路の光を印刷層で遮る必要があり、これによ り輝度むらを抑制することが出来る。また、この経路上の印刷層の透過率を、他の部 分より低く(具体的には 2%以上低く)することが好ましい。光源の像が観察される位 置は、図 16の出射光が光拡散板に対し垂直である、換言すれば θ 1が Θ (max)と等 しくなつたときである。ここで、屈折の法則より、以下の式(7)、(8)が成立する。 FIG. 15 is a diagram showing a position where an image of the linear light source is observed after passing through the light diffusing plate, and FIG. 16 is a diagram for explaining a light path from the linear light source. . As shown in FIG. 15, the light emitted from the light source is refracted by the concavo-convex structure of the light incident surface and the light exit surface of the light diffusion plate, and an image is observed at a position different from the position directly above the light source. In other words, since the brightness is highest at a position slightly shifted immediately above the light source, it is necessary to block the light of this path with the printed layer, thereby suppressing uneven brightness. Also, the transmittance of the printed layer on this path It is preferable to make it lower than the minute (specifically, 2% or more lower). The position at which the image of the light source is observed is when the emitted light in FIG. 16 is perpendicular to the light diffusing plate, in other words, when θ 1 becomes equal to Θ (max). Here, from the law of refraction, the following formulas (7) and (8) hold.

sin Θ l = nsin Θ k-- - (7)  sin Θ l = nsin Θ k---(7)

nsin Θ j = sin θ ί· · · (8)  nsin Θ j = sin θ ί (8)

また、 Θ kと Θ jは以下の関係がある。  Also, Θ k and Θ j have the following relationship.

0k= Θ (max) - Θ ]··· (9)  0k = Θ (max)-Θ] (9)

式 (8)に式(7)、(9)を代入すると、  Substituting Equations (7) and (9) into Equation (8),

Θ i = sin (nX sin Θ j)  Θ i = sin (nX sin Θ j)

= sin (n X sin ( Θ (max)— Θ kj j  = sin (n X sin (Θ (max) — Θ kj j

= sin (nXsin(0 (max)— sin (1/ nXsin Θ 1)))  = sin (nXsin (0 (max) — sin (1 / nXsin Θ 1)))

Θ1= Θ (max)であるから、  Since Θ1 = Θ (max),

Θ i = sin (nXsin(0 (max)— sin /nXsin0 (max) )))··· (10) したがって、線状光源の中心を光入射面に投影した位置と、光拡散板上で線状光 源の像が観察される光路の光入射面上の位置との距離 Oは、以下の式になる。  Θ i = sin (nXsin (0 (max) —sin / nXsin0 (max)))) (10) Therefore, the position where the center of the linear light source is projected onto the light incident surface and the line on the light diffusion plate The distance O from the position on the light incident surface of the optical path where the image of the light source is observed is as follows.

O = bXtan0i---(ll)  O = bXtan0i --- (ll)

式(11)に式(10)を代入すると、  Substituting equation (10) into equation (11),

0 = bXtan(sin (nXsin(0 (max)— sin (l/nXsin0 (max))))) なお、線状光源の中心を光入射面に投影した位置から、前記 Oの距離離れた位置 、光源の中心から出射し、この光拡散板の厚み方向に平行に出射する光の経路の 位置 NOである。  0 = bXtan (sin (nXsin (0 (max) —sin (l / nXsin0 (max))))) where the center of the linear light source is projected onto the light incident surface, a position away from the distance O. This is the position NO of the path of the light emitted from the center of the light source and emitted parallel to the thickness direction of the light diffusion plate.

また、線状光源の外径を考慮すると、光拡散板上の線状光源の像を印刷層で遮る には、少なくとも、線状光源の中心を光入射面に投影した位置からの距離 N (mm)が 次の関係を満たす範囲 N に、印刷層を設けることが必要である。範囲 Nは、図 15に  Considering the outer diameter of the linear light source, at least the distance N (from the position at which the center of the linear light source is projected onto the light incident surface is used to block the image of the linear light source on the light diffusion plate with the printed layer. It is necessary to provide a printing layer in the range N where mm) satisfies the following relationship. Range N is shown in Figure 15.

R R  R R

示す例では、矢印 1501で示される領域となる。 In the example shown, the area is indicated by an arrow 1501.

bX tan (sin (nXsin( Θ max)— sin (1/ nXsin Θ (max) ) ) ) )— R/ 2^ N≤bXtan(sin (nXsin( Θ (max)— sin (1/ nXsin Θ (max) ) ) ) ) + R/ 2 · · •(12) [0058] 前記位置 NOが拡散板上で最も明るくなる位置であるため、その部分での光透過 率を最も低くすることが重要である。すなわち、前記位置 NOにおける前記光拡散板 および前記光透過抑制層を含む部分の透過率の最小値 TAとし、前記位置 NOと前 記光源の中心を前記光拡散板に投影した位置との間における、前記光拡散板およ び前記光透過抑制層を含む部分の透過率の平均値 TBとした際に、 TA<TBを満た す態様とすることにより、輝度むらをより抑制することが可能である。 bX tan (sin (nXsin (Θ max) — sin (1 / nXsin Θ (max))))) — R / 2 ^ N≤bXtan (sin (nXsin (Θ (max) — sin (1 / nXsin Θ (max ))))) + R / 2 [0058] Since the position NO is the brightest position on the diffusion plate, it is important to make the light transmittance at that portion the lowest. That is, the minimum transmittance TA of the portion including the light diffusion plate and the light transmission suppressing layer at the position NO is set, and the position between the position NO and the center of the light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate. When the average value TB of the transmittance of the portion including the light diffusing plate and the light transmission suppressing layer is set to the aspect satisfying TA <TB, it is possible to further suppress the luminance unevenness. is there.

[0059] この印刷層は、例えば白色インクによりドット状に形成することができる。このようにド ット状の印刷層を用いる場合には、最も近い位置にある線状光源 10からの距離が大 きくなるにつれて、光の透過率が増加するように制御するために、線状光源 10から遠 ざかるにつれて、印刷層の形成面積が減少するように構成されている。形成面積が 減少するとは、単位面積あたりのドット状の印刷層の数や面積が減少するということで ある。印刷層の形成面積を減少させる方法としては、線状光源から遠ざかるに連れて 、連続的に減少させてもよいし、段階的に減少させてもよい。  [0059] This print layer can be formed in a dot shape with, for example, white ink. When a dot-like printed layer is used in this way, the linear transmittance is controlled so that the light transmittance increases as the distance from the nearest linear light source 10 increases. As the distance from the light source 10 increases, the formation area of the printed layer decreases. The reduction in the formation area means that the number and area of dot-like print layers per unit area are reduced. As a method for reducing the formation area of the print layer, the print layer may be continuously reduced or gradually reduced as the distance from the linear light source is increased.

[0060] 具体的には、図 9に示すように、線状光源 10Aの中心軸を投影した位置 Xと、この 位置 Xから、線状光源 1 OAの中心軸と線状光源 10Bの中心軸の間の距離の半分の 位置 Zとの間の領域を、均等な間隔で分割(図 9では 10等分した場合を示す)し、こ れらの等分した各領域を図 9の左側から順に領域 A1〜A10とする。線状光源 10A の中心軸に最も近い領域 A1から、線状光源 10Aから最も離れた領域 A10に掛けて 、単位面積あたりの印刷層の形成範囲(単位:%)を段階的に減らすように形成され ている。各領域における印刷層の形成範囲は、例えば、領域 A1 : 90%、領域 A2 : 8 7 %、領域 A3 : 72%、領域 A4 : 50%、領域 A5 : 35%、領域 A6 : 19%、領域 A7: 11 %、領域 A8: 7%、領域 A9: 3%、領域 A10: 0%とすることができる。図 9には図示し ていないが、位置 Yから位置 Zまでの間の領域にも、 Zを軸として対称な、同様の印刷 層を設けることができる。  [0060] Specifically, as shown in FIG. 9, the position X projected from the central axis of the linear light source 10A, and from this position X, the central axis of the linear light source 1 OA and the central axis of the linear light source 10B Divide the area between the position Z and the half of the distance between them at equal intervals (shown in Fig. 9 when they are divided into 10 equal parts), and each of these equally divided areas from the left side of Figure 9 In order, the areas are A1 to A10. Formed to gradually reduce the print layer formation range (unit:%) per unit area from the area A1 closest to the central axis of the linear light source 10A to the area A10 farthest from the linear light source 10A It has been. The formation range of the printing layer in each region is, for example, region A1: 90%, region A2: 87%, region A3: 72%, region A4: 50%, region A5: 35%, region A6: 19%, region A7: 11%, Area A8: 7%, Area A9: 3%, Area A10: 0%. Although not shown in FIG. 9, a similar print layer that is symmetric about Z can be provided in the region from position Y to position Z.

[0061] また、光入射面 30Aでは、印刷層が形成される位置における中心線平均粗さ Raが 0. 005〃111〜5〃111である。このような範囲とすることにより、印刷層へ入射してきた 光をさらに散乱させることができ、発光面の輝度むらをさらに低減できる。ここでいう R aは、光出射面 30Bにおける Raと同様、面内で様々な方向に沿って測定した値のう ちの最大値とすることができる。 [0061] Further, in the light incident surface 30A, the center line average roughness Ra at the position where the print layer is formed is 0.005 to 111 to 5 to 111. By setting it as such a range, the light which injected into the printing layer can be further scattered, and the brightness nonuniformity of a light emission surface can further be reduced. Ra here is the value measured along various directions in the plane, similar to Ra on the light exit surface 30B. The maximum value can be set.

[0062] 本実施形態によれば、線状光源 10および光拡散板 30を上記関係(1)を満たすよう に配置するとともに、光拡散板 30の光入射面 30Aに最も近い線状光源 10から距離 最も近い位置にある線状光源 10からの距離が大きくなるにつれて、光の透過率が増 加するように制御する光透過抑制層 50を設け、さらに、光出射面 30Bには、中心線 平均粗さ Raのうちの最大値である Ra (max)が 3 μ m〜; 1 , 000 μ mである凹凸構造 40を形成したので、線状光源 10の直上領域では、光透過抑制層 50により入射光の 透過率が抑えられるため、消費電力を抑えることができた上で、発光面の輝度均斉 度を高めることができる。  According to the present embodiment, the linear light source 10 and the light diffusing plate 30 are arranged so as to satisfy the relationship (1), and from the linear light source 10 closest to the light incident surface 30A of the light diffusing plate 30. Distance A light transmission suppression layer 50 is provided to control the light transmittance to increase as the distance from the closest linear light source 10 increases, and the light exit surface 30B has a center line average. Ra (max), which is the maximum value of roughness Ra, is 3 μm to 1,000 μm, and the uneven structure 40 having a thickness of 1,000 μm is formed. Therefore, in the region directly above the linear light source 10, the light transmission suppressing layer 50 Since the transmittance of incident light can be suppressed, the power consumption can be suppressed and the luminance uniformity of the light emitting surface can be increased.

[0063] また、光透過抑制層 50を印刷層により構成したので、簡単な操作で光透過抑制層 50を形成できる。この際、光拡散板 30における印刷層が設けられる箇所を僅かに粗 面としたので、光の散乱効果を高めて、より発光面の輝度均斉度向上に寄与できる。 さらに、光拡散板 30の材質として、吸水率が 0. 25%以下の樹脂を用いることにより、 光拡散板 30の光入射面 30Aに設けた印刷層が位置ずれするのを抑えることができ 、十分に光学機能を発揮できる。  [0063] Further, since the light transmission suppressing layer 50 is formed of a printing layer, the light transmission suppressing layer 50 can be formed by a simple operation. At this time, since the portion where the printing layer is provided in the light diffusion plate 30 is slightly roughened, the light scattering effect can be enhanced and the luminance uniformity of the light emitting surface can be further improved. Further, by using a resin having a water absorption of 0.25% or less as the material of the light diffusing plate 30, it is possible to suppress the displacement of the printed layer provided on the light incident surface 30A of the light diffusing plate 30, The optical function can be fully demonstrated.

[0064] <第 2実施形態〉  <Second Embodiment>

次に、本発明の第 2実施形態に係る直下型バックライト装置について説明する。 本実施形態は、第 1実施形態とは、凹凸構造の構成の点で相違している。このため 、本実施形態では、この相違点を中心に説明し、前記実施形態と同じもしくは同様の 構成要素についてはその説明を省略化または簡略化する。図 19は、本実施形態に 係る直下型バックライト装置を模式的に示す縦断面図である。直下型バックライト装 置 2は、光入射面 230Aおよび光出射面 230Bを有する光拡散板 230を備えている。 光出射面 230Bには、断面多角形状の線状プリズム 241が略平行に複数並んだ条 列状の凹凸構造 240が形成されている。  Next, a direct type backlight device according to a second embodiment of the present invention will be described. This embodiment is different from the first embodiment in the configuration of the concavo-convex structure. For this reason, in this embodiment, this difference will be mainly described, and the description of the same or similar components as those in the above embodiment will be omitted or simplified. FIG. 19 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing the direct type backlight device according to the present embodiment. The direct type backlight device 2 includes a light diffusing plate 230 having a light incident surface 230A and a light emitting surface 230B. On the light emitting surface 230B, a concavo-convex concavo-convex structure 240 in which a plurality of linear prisms 241 having a polygonal cross section are arranged substantially in parallel is formed.

[0065] 線状プリズム 241は、断面形状が三角形状の線状プリズム(本明細書では、三角プ リズムと称する場合がある)することができる。三角プリズムを構成する三角形の頂角 を 40° 〜; 170° で、かっ同ー面内で隣り合ぅ三角プリズム間隔を20 111〜700〃111 とすること力 Sできる。このような頂角および間隔とすることにより、発光面の輝度むらを 十分に抑えることができる。 [0065] The linear prism 241 can be a linear prism having a triangular cross-sectional shape (sometimes referred to as a triangular prism in this specification). It is possible to increase the apex angle of the triangle constituting the triangular prism from 40 ° to 170 °, and the distance between adjacent triangular prisms in the same plane to be 20 111 to 700 か 111. By setting the apex angle and spacing as described above, the luminance unevenness of the light emitting surface can be reduced. It can be suppressed sufficiently.

[0066] ここで、凹凸構造を構成する複数の三角プリズムには、すべて同一形状(同一視で きるものを含む)のものを用いるのが一般的である力 複数種類のものを用いることも できる。 [0066] Here, as the plurality of triangular prisms constituting the concavo-convex structure, it is common to use all of the same shape (including those that can be seen), and it is also possible to use a plurality of types of force. .

[0067] 複数種類の三角プリズムを含む構成としては、下記のような構成を挙げることができ る。例えば、図 20に示すように、三角プリズムを、三角形を構成する 2つの斜面と、当 該光拡散板の厚み方向に直交する面とのなす角度が等しくなるように形成し、この角 度力 当該光拡散板のある特定の P点と、この P点から三角プリズムの短手方向へ所 定距離離れた Q点との間で、 P点および Q点から離れるにつれて連続的または断続 的に小さくなるように形成してもよい。この際、 P点および Q点を投影した位置に線状 光源を配置することが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、角度が等しいとは、その 差が 1度以内の場合のことである。  [0067] Examples of the configuration including a plurality of types of triangular prisms include the following configurations. For example, as shown in FIG. 20, the triangular prism is formed so that the angles formed by two inclined surfaces constituting the triangle and the surface perpendicular to the thickness direction of the light diffusion plate are equal to each other. Between a specific point P of the light diffuser and a point Q that is a predetermined distance away from the point P in the short direction of the triangular prism, it decreases continuously or intermittently as the distance from the points P and Q increases. You may form so that it may become. At this time, it is preferable to arrange a linear light source at a position where the points P and Q are projected. In this specification, “equal angle” means that the difference is within 1 degree.

[0068] また、三角プリズムを、光拡散板の厚み方向および当該三角プリズムの長手方向を 含む平面に対して線対称な断面形状とし、凹凸構造が、形状が異なる複数種類の三 角プリズムを含むような構成としてもよい。この際、三角プリズムの長手方向に垂直な 方向に沿った線状光源の幅寸法の範囲内に、これらの複数種類の三角プリズムの全 種類が含まれる構成とすることが好ましレヽ。  [0068] Further, the triangular prism has a cross-sectional shape that is axisymmetric with respect to a plane including the thickness direction of the light diffusion plate and the longitudinal direction of the triangular prism, and the concavo-convex structure includes a plurality of types of triangular prisms having different shapes. It is good also as such a structure. At this time, it is preferable that all of these types of triangular prisms are included within the range of the width of the linear light source along the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the triangular prisms.

[0069] また、線状プリズムは、断面三角形状以外の断面多角形状とすることができる。多 角形としては、五角形や七角形などを挙げることができる。例えば、図 21に示すよう に、線状プリズムは、少なくとも 4つの平面を含む断面多角形状に形成され、少なくと も 4つの平面のうちのある 2つの平面と他の 2つの平面とが、当該光拡散板の厚み方 向および線状プリズムの長手方向を含む平面に対して、互いに逆向きに傾斜した断 面五角形状の構成とすることができる。  [0069] The linear prism may have a polygonal cross section other than a triangular cross section. Examples of polygons include pentagons and heptagons. For example, as shown in FIG. 21, the linear prism is formed in a polygonal cross section including at least four planes, and at least two of the four planes and the other two planes A cross-sectional pentagonal configuration that is inclined in opposite directions with respect to a plane including the thickness direction of the light diffusion plate and the longitudinal direction of the linear prism can be employed.

[0070] 本実施形態の直下型バックライト装置によれば、前記第 1実施形態と同様の効果を 奏すること力 Sでさる。  [0070] According to the direct type backlight device of the present embodiment, the same effect as in the first embodiment can be obtained with the force S.

[0071] <第 3実施形態〉  <Third Embodiment>

次に、本発明の第 3実施形態に係る直下型バックライト装置について説明する。 本実施形態は、第 1実施形態とは、光源が点状光源である点と、凹凸構造の構成と 、光透過抑制層の構成とが相違している。このため、本実施形態では、これらの相違 点を中心に説明する。図 22は、本実施形態に係る直下型バックライト装置を模式的 に示す縦断面図である。図 22に示すように、本実施形態に係る直下型バックライト装 置 3は、複数の点状光源 310と、光入射面 330Aおよび光出射面 330Bを有する光 拡散板 330とを備えている。また、光出射面 330Bには、複数の構造単位 341が並ん だ凹凸構造 340が形成されている。光入射面 330Aには、印刷層により構成される光 透過抑制層 350が設けられている。 Next, a direct type backlight device according to a third embodiment of the present invention will be described. This embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that the light source is a point light source and the structure of the concavo-convex structure. The structure of the light transmission suppressing layer is different. For this reason, in this embodiment, it demonstrates centering on these differences. FIG. 22 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing a direct type backlight device according to this embodiment. As shown in FIG. 22, the direct type backlight device 3 according to this embodiment includes a plurality of point light sources 310 and a light diffusion plate 330 having a light incident surface 330A and a light emitting surface 330B. Further, the light emitting surface 330B is formed with a concavo-convex structure 340 in which a plurality of structural units 341 are arranged. The light incident surface 330A is provided with a light transmission suppressing layer 350 formed of a printing layer.

[0072] (光拡散板) [0072] (Light diffusion plate)

凹凸構造 340を構成する構造単位 341としては、点状の突起または凹みとして、角 錐および角錐台を含む傾斜側面が 3つ以上の傾斜側面を有する形状の構造体や、 半球および半楕円球を含む半球状の構造体等を挙げることができる。このような構造 単位は、光の出射方向を絞るような突起又は凹みであることが好ましい。  As the structural unit 341 constituting the concavo-convex structure 340, a structure having a shape in which the inclined side surface including the pyramid and the truncated pyramid has three or more inclined side surfaces, a hemisphere and a hemispherical sphere are used as a dot-like protrusion or a depression. Examples thereof include hemispherical structures. Such a structural unit is preferably a protrusion or depression that narrows the light emission direction.

[0073] 構造単位 341の具体的な形状としては、例えば、 3以上の傾斜側面を有する形状 の構造体としては、角錐状、角錐台状、およびレンチキュラーの条歹 IJもしくは線状プリ ズムの条列に、 V字や U字状の切り込みを入れた形状等を挙げることができる。角錐 としては、三角錐、四角錐、五角錐、六角錐等を挙げることができ、角錐台として三角 錐台、四角錐台、五角錐台、六角錐台等が挙げることができる。また、例えば、半球 状の構造体としては、半球状、半楕円球状等のドーム型状や底面が多角形の半球 状、半楕円球状等のドーム型状とすることができる。なお、図 22には、半球状の構造 体が複数並んだ場合が記載されてレ、る。  [0073] As a specific shape of the structural unit 341, for example, as a structure having a shape having three or more inclined side surfaces, a pyramid shape, a truncated pyramid shape, and a lenticular stripe IJ or a linear prism shape are used. For example, the shape can be a V-shaped or U-shaped cut. Examples of the pyramid include a triangular pyramid, a quadrangular pyramid, a pentagonal pyramid, and a hexagonal pyramid. Examples of the pyramid include a triangular pyramid, a quadrangular pyramid, a pentagonal pyramid, and a hexagonal pyramid. Further, for example, the hemispherical structure may be a dome shape such as a hemisphere or a semi-elliptical sphere, or a dome shape such as a polygonal hemisphere or a semi-elliptical sphere. FIG. 22 shows a case where a plurality of hemispherical structures are arranged.

[0074] 凹凸構造 340を構成する複数の構造単位 341は、 1種類のみから構成してもよいし 、複数種類を組み合わせて構成してもよい。  [0074] The plurality of structural units 341 constituting the concavo-convex structure 340 may be composed of only one type, or may be composed of a combination of a plurality of types.

[0075] 本実施形態では、構造単位 341又は複数の構造単位 341を含んで構成される一 群が周期的(規則的)に繰り返し並ぶことが、輝度均斉度向上のために好ましい。こ れらの構造単位もしくは一群の周期は、 20 ,1 m以上 700 ,1 m以下であることがより好 ましぐ 40 m以上 400 m以下であることがさらに好ましい。前記周期が上記範囲 内であることにより、簡単に形成できるとともに、輝度むらの発生を抑えることができる [0076] (点状光源) In the present embodiment, it is preferable to periodically and regularly arrange a group including the structural unit 341 or the plurality of structural units 341 in order to improve luminance uniformity. The period of these structural units or group is more preferably 20 m or more and 700 m or less, and even more preferably 40 m or more and 400 m or less. When the period is within the above range, it can be easily formed and the occurrence of uneven brightness can be suppressed. [0076] (Point light source)

点状光源 310は、点状の発光部を有するものであり、例えば、 LED、レーザーを挙 げること力 Sできる。 LEDは、白色、赤色(R)、緑色(G)、青色(B)などの様々な色を発 光するものがある。本実施形態では、点状光源として(1)白色 LEDのみを使用したも の、(2) RGB三原色を組み合わせたもの、および(3) RGB三原色に中間色又は白 色を組み合わせたものなどを、色バランスを顧慮して適宜選択して用いることができ  The point light source 310 has a point-like light emitting portion, and can raise the power of raising an LED or a laser, for example. Some LEDs emit various colors such as white, red (R), green (G), and blue (B). In this embodiment, (1) using only a white LED as a point light source, (2) a combination of RGB three primary colors, and (3) a combination of RGB three primary colors with an intermediate or white color, etc. Can be selected and used as appropriate in consideration of balance

[0077] 前記 RGB三原色を組み合わせたもの((2)および(3) )には、(A)赤色 LEDと緑色 LEDと青色 LEDとを少なくとも 1つずつ近接配置して、各色を混合させて白色を発 光させるもの、および(B)赤色 LEDと緑色 LEDと青色 LEDとを適宜配置したものが ある。なお、(A)の場合は近接配置した LEDの組み合わせを一つの点状光源とみな す。 [0077] In the combination of the three primary colors of RGB ((2) and (3)), (A) at least one red LED, green LED, and blue LED are placed close to each other, and each color is mixed and white And (B) Red LED, Green LED, and Blue LED are appropriately arranged. In the case of (A), a combination of LEDs arranged close together is regarded as one point light source.

[0078] 本実施形態では、点状光源の寸法を光拡散板の短辺方向に測定した値を、点状 光源 310の外径 Rとする。また前記式(12)により示される範囲 Nは、光拡散板の短  In this embodiment, a value obtained by measuring the dimension of the point light source in the short side direction of the light diffusing plate is set as the outer diameter R of the point light source 310. In addition, the range N represented by the formula (12) is a short length of the light diffusing plate.

R  R

辺方向に幅 Rを有するだけでなぐ長辺方向には点状光源の寸法を光拡散板の短 辺方向に測定した値と同じ幅を有している。  In addition to having a width R in the side direction, the long side direction has the same width as the value measured in the short side direction of the light diffusing plate.

[0079] 本実施形態では、複数の点状光源 310は、離散配置される。点状光源の配置態様 としては、例えば、点状光源を直線状一列に配置したもの;図 23に示すように直下型 ノ ックライト装置の縦方向および横方向に沿って、所定の間隔で配置したもの;図 24 に示すように、図 23における点状光源 P1〜P4を取り除いたようなもの、すなわち、矩 形の四頂点のそれぞれに点状光源 310を配置し、さらに、この矩形の対角線の交点 に点状光源 310を配置したようなもの;図 25に示すように、正六角形が連続して形成 されたハニカム構造の各頂点に点状光源 310をそれぞれ配置したようなもの;などを 挙げること力 Sでさる。 [0079] In the present embodiment, the plurality of point light sources 310 are discretely arranged. As the arrangement of the point light sources, for example, the point light sources are arranged in a straight line; as shown in FIG. 23, they are arranged at predetermined intervals along the vertical and horizontal directions of the direct type knock light device. As shown in FIG. 24, the point light sources P1 to P4 in FIG. 23 are removed, that is, the point light sources 310 are arranged at each of the four vertices of the rectangle, and the diagonal lines of the rectangle are further arranged. Such as a point light source 310 arranged at the intersection; as shown in FIG. 25, a point light source 310 arranged at each vertex of a honeycomb structure in which regular hexagons are continuously formed; That's the power S.

[0080] 本実施形態では、前記平均距離 a (mm)と前記平均距離 b (mm)との間に、 0. 5≤ a/b≤15. 0の関係を満たしており、さらに、 0· 6≤a/b≤13. 0を満たすとが好ま しい。このような関係を満たすことにより、点状光源の使用数量を減少させて、当該装 置の消費電力を抑えることができる。 [0081] ここで、点状光源の中心間の平均距離は、すべての箇所で均一となっていてもよい し、部分的に変化していてもよい。部分的に変化する場合とは、例えば、直下型バッ クライト装置の中央箇所などにおいて点状光源の中心間の平均距離が狭まるような 場合などである。 [0080] In this embodiment, the average distance a (mm) and the average distance b (mm) satisfy the relationship of 0.5≤a / b≤15.0, and It is preferable to satisfy 6≤a / b≤13.0. By satisfying such a relationship, the amount of point light sources used can be reduced and the power consumption of the device can be suppressed. [0081] Here, the average distance between the centers of the point light sources may be uniform at all locations or may be partially changed. The case of partial change is, for example, the case where the average distance between the centers of the point light sources is narrowed at the center of the direct type backlight device.

[0082] ここで、隣接する点状光源とは、 2つの点状光源の中心間を結んだ線において、こ の線上に他の点状光源が存在しない状態にある 2つの点状光源のことである。また、 隣接する点状光源の中心間の平均距離とは、ある点状光源 L1と、この点状光源 L1 に隣接する複数の点状光源 L2〜Ln (nは 4以上の整数)とを採りあげ、点状光源 L1 と他の点状光源 L2〜Lnとの中心間の距離が最も短い方から順に 3つを選択し、これ らの 3つの数値の平均した値である。  Here, the adjacent point light sources are two point light sources in a state where no other point light sources exist on the line connecting the centers of the two point light sources. It is. The average distance between the centers of adjacent point light sources is a point light source L1 and a plurality of point light sources L2 to Ln (n is an integer of 4 or more) adjacent to the point light source L1. Three points are selected in order from the shortest distance between the centers of the point light source L1 and the other point light sources L2 to Ln, and these three numerical values are averaged.

[0083] また、点状光源の中心間の平均距離が部分的に変化する場合には、下記の通り直 下型バックライト装置を構成する。すなわち、予め、ある箇所において、ある点状光源 と、この点状光源に隣接する点状光源のうち最も近い距離から 3つの点状光源を選 択して隣接する点状光源の中心間の平均距離を求める。そして、平均距離を測定し たこれらの 4つの点状光源で囲まれる領域を光拡散板の光入射面に投影した範囲に ついては、求めた平均距離を基に後述する関係を満たすように、光拡散板を設計す  [0083] When the average distance between the centers of the point light sources partially changes, a direct type backlight device is configured as follows. In other words, at a certain location, the average between the centers of adjacent point light sources by selecting three point light sources from the closest distance among the point light sources and the point light sources adjacent to this point light source. Find the distance. Then, the area surrounded by these four point light sources whose average distance was measured was projected onto the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate, so that the relationship described later was satisfied based on the obtained average distance. Design the diffuser

[0084] なお、上記 RGB三原色を組み合わせたもの (A)の場合には、近接して配置された 各 LEDの中心に基づいて、 1つとみなされた点状光源の中心を特定し、この中心に 基づいて、隣接する点状光源間の距離を求める。また、上記 RGB三原色を組み合 わせたもの(B)の構成の場合には、色に関わらず上記定義に従って隣接する点状光 源間の距離を求めることとする。 [0084] In the case of the combination of the above three primary colors RGB (A), the center of the point light source regarded as one is identified based on the centers of the LEDs arranged close to each other, and Based on this, the distance between adjacent point light sources is obtained. In the case of the configuration (B) combining the above three primary colors of RGB, the distance between adjacent point light sources is determined according to the above definition regardless of the color.

[0085] 次に、光透過抑制層 350について説明する。  [0085] Next, the light transmission suppressing layer 350 will be described.

図 26は、光入射面 330Aに設けられた光透過抑制層 350を説明するための図であ る。図 26に示すように、本実施形態の直下型バックライト装置 3では、光入射面 330 Aには、任意の点状光源 310Aの中心軸を投影した位置 Sと、点状光源 310Aに隣 接する点状光源 310Bの中心軸を投影した位置 Tとの間の領域には、光透過抑制層 350が設けられている。光透過抑制層 350は、最も近い位置にある点状光源 310A 力、らの距離が大きくなるにつれて、光の透過率が増加するように設けられている。 FIG. 26 is a diagram for explaining the light transmission suppressing layer 350 provided on the light incident surface 330A. As shown in FIG. 26, in the direct type backlight device 3 of the present embodiment, the light incident surface 330A is adjacent to the position S where the central axis of an arbitrary point light source 310A is projected and the point light source 310A. A light transmission suppression layer 350 is provided in a region between the point T and the position T where the central axis of the point light source 310B is projected. The light transmission suppression layer 350 is the closest point light source 310A It is provided so that the light transmittance increases as the distance of the force increases.

[0086] 具体的には、例えば、図 26に示すように、複数の点状光源 310が正方格子状に配 置されている場合には、まず、正方格子の縦方向および横方向に沿った点状光源 3 10Aの中心を通る軸 SI , S2と、点状光源 310Aに横方向に隣接する点状光源 310 Bの中心を通る軸 SI , T2と、点状光源 310Aに縦方向に隣接する点状光源 310Cの 中心を通る軸 S2, T1とを考える。そして、軸 T1と軸 T2との中間位置を示す軸 TCと、 軸 S 1と軸 S2との中間位置を示す軸 SCとを考える。例えば、点状光源 310Aでは、 点状光源 310Aの右側の領域である、軸 T1と軸 TCとの間を例えば 5等分し、さらに 、同様に、点状光源 310Aの下側の領域である、軸 S 1と軸 SCとの間を例えば 5等分 する。さらに、図示を省略するが、点状光源 310Aの左側や上側の各領域について も、例えば 5等分する。 5等分した線をそれぞれ繋ぎ、形成された矩形の形状の領域 を点状光源 310Aに近い側から順に領域 A11〜A15とする。点状光源 310Aの中心 に最も近い領域 Al lから、点状光源 310Aから最も離れた領域 A15に掛けて、単位 面積あたりの印刷層の形成範囲(単位:%)を段階的に減らすようにする。例えば、各 領域における印刷層の形成範囲は、例えば、領域 Al 1: 90%、領域 A12: 75%、領 域 A13 : 30%、領域 A14 : 10%、領域 A15 : 0%、とすること力 Sできる。 Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 26, when a plurality of point light sources 310 are arranged in a square lattice, first, along the vertical and horizontal directions of the square lattice. Point-shaped light source 3 Axis SI, S2 passing through the center of 10A and point SI, T2 passing through the center of point-shaped light source 310B laterally adjacent to point-shaped light source 310A and point-wise light source 310A Consider the axes S2 and T1 that pass through the center of the point light source 310C. Then, consider an axis TC indicating an intermediate position between the axes T1 and T2, and an axis SC indicating an intermediate position between the axes S1 and S2. For example, in the point light source 310A, the region on the right side of the point light source 310A is divided into, for example, five equal parts between the axis T1 and the axis TC, and similarly, the region below the point light source 310A. For example, the axis S 1 and the axis SC are divided into five equal parts. Further, although not shown in the figure, the left and upper regions of the point light source 310A are also divided into, for example, five equal parts. The five equally-divided lines are connected to each other, and the formed rectangular region is defined as regions A11 to A15 in order from the side closer to the point light source 310A. From the area Al l closest to the center of the point light source 310A to the area A15 farthest from the point light source 310A, the formation range (unit:%) of the printed layer per unit area is gradually reduced. . For example, the printing layer formation range in each region is, for example, region Al 1: 90%, region A12: 75%, region A13: 30%, region A14: 10%, region A15: 0% S can.

[0087] また、別の方法としては、ある点状光源 LSIの中心位置と、この点状光源 LSIに隣 接する点状光源 LS 2の中心位置を結ぶ線分の中点を通り、点状光源 LS 1の中心位 置を中心とした円と、点状光源 LSIの中心との間を同心円状に 5等分し (この際、 5等 分した各領域を点状光源 LSIの中心に近い側から離れる側にかけて、 B11〜B15と する)、領域 B11から領域 B15にかけて、単位面積あたりの印刷層の形成範囲(単位 : %)を段階的に減らすようにする。例えば、各領域における印刷層の形成範囲は、 例えば、領域 B11 : 90%、領域 B12 : 75%、領域 B13 : 30%、領域 B14 : 10%、領 域 B15 : 0%、とすること力 Sできる。 [0087] As another method, the point light source passes through the midpoint of the line connecting the center position of a point light source LSI and the center position of the point light source LS 2 adjacent to the point light source LSI. The concentric circle between the circle centered at the center of LS 1 and the center of the point light source LSI is divided into five equal parts (in this case, each of the five equal areas is closer to the center of the point light source LSI. From B1 to B15) and from B11 to B15, the print layer formation range (unit:%) per unit area should be reduced step by step. For example, the printing layer formation range in each region is, for example, region B11: 90%, region B12: 75%, region B13: 30%, region B14: 10%, region B15: 0%, force S it can.

[0088] このようにして、ある点状光源に隣接する複数の点状光源のうちの 1つの点状光源 に対する方向に向けて所定の印刷層を形成する。そして、隣接する複数の点状光源 のうちの他の点状光源に対しても前述と同様に印刷層を形成する。以上のようにして 、光透過抑制層 350を形成する。 [0089] 本実施形態の直下型バックライト装置によれば、前記第 1実施形態と同様の効果を 奏すること力 Sできる。また、光源として点状光源である LEDを用いることにより、線状 光源を用いる場合に比べて、色域を広げること力 Sできる。 [0088] In this way, a predetermined print layer is formed in a direction with respect to one point light source among a plurality of point light sources adjacent to a certain point light source. Then, the printed layer is formed on the other point light sources among the plurality of adjacent point light sources in the same manner as described above. As described above, the light transmission suppressing layer 350 is formed. [0089] According to the direct type backlight device of the present embodiment, it is possible to achieve the same effect S as in the first embodiment. In addition, by using an LED, which is a point light source, as a light source, it is possible to expand the color gamut compared to using a linear light source.

[0090] <変形例〉  [0090] <Modification>

本発明は、前記実施形態には限定されず、本願の請求の範囲及びその均等の範 囲内での変更を施すことができる。  The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and can be modified within the scope of the claims of the present application and the equivalent scope thereof.

例えば、前記実施形態では、光透過抑制層を、光源からの距離が大きくなるにつ れて、光の透過率が増加するように設けたが(このような設け方を構成 Aと称する)、 特にそのようになっていなくてもよい。例えば、部分的に上記関係構成 Aを満たさな い箇所があってもよいということである。この際、上記構成 Aを満たすように、印刷層を 形成する上記以外の方法としては、例えば、光源から遠ざかるにつれて印刷層の厚 みを減らす構成や、印刷層を構成するインク濃度の低!/、ものを使用する構成などを 挙げること力 Sできる。前記実施形態では、光源からの距離が大きくなるにつれて、光 の透過率が段階的に増加するように構成した力 連続的に増加するように構成しても よい。  For example, in the above-described embodiment, the light transmission suppression layer is provided so that the light transmittance increases as the distance from the light source increases (such an arrangement is referred to as configuration A). In particular, it does not have to be so. For example, there may be a portion that does not partially satisfy the relational configuration A. At this time, other methods for forming the print layer so as to satisfy the above-mentioned configuration A include, for example, a configuration in which the thickness of the print layer is reduced as the distance from the light source increases, and the ink concentration of the print layer is reduced! / , The ability to list things that use things. In the above-described embodiment, as the distance from the light source increases, the force configured to increase the light transmittance stepwise may be configured to increase continuously.

[0091] また、前記実施形態では、印刷層を構成するインクとして、白色インクを用いたが、 このような白色インクとしては、白色顔料および白色染料を用いることができる。また、 印刷層を構成するインクとしては、透明顔料を用いることもできる。  In the embodiment, white ink is used as the ink constituting the printing layer. However, white pigment and white dye can be used as such white ink. A transparent pigment can also be used as the ink constituting the printing layer.

[0092] また、前記実施形態では、光拡散板の光入射面に光透過抑制層を設けたが、光出 射面に設けてもよいし、光入射面および光出射面の両面に設けてもよい。  In the embodiment, the light transmission suppressing layer is provided on the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate. However, the light transmission suppressing layer may be provided on the light emitting surface, or on both the light incident surface and the light emitting surface. Also good.

[0093] また、前記実施形態では、光透過抑制層を、光拡散板の一方の面の全面に設けた  In the embodiment, the light transmission suppressing layer is provided on the entire surface of one surface of the light diffusion plate.

1S 必ずしも全面に設ける必要はなぐ少なくとも、光源の直上部分に設けていれば よい。  1S It is not always necessary to provide it on the entire surface, but it should be provided at least directly above the light source.

[0094] また、前記実施形態では、凹凸構造を光拡散板の光出射面の全面に設けたが、必 ずしも光出射面の全面に設ける必要はなぐ前記光出射面および前記光入射面のう ちの少なくとも一方の面の、少なくとも一部の箇所に形成されていればよい。ここで、 少なくとも一部の箇所とは、凹凸構造が形成されている面積が、光出射面の面積の 3 0%以上のことである。 [0095] また、前記直下型バックライト装置において、さらに輝度および輝度均斉度を向上 させるために、例えば光出射面の後段に、拡散シートやプリズムシート等の光学部材 を配置できる。また、発光面の輝度をより一層向上させる目的で、例えば光出射面の 後段に、以下に示す反射型偏光子を配置できる。 In the embodiment, the concavo-convex structure is provided on the entire surface of the light emitting surface of the light diffusing plate. However, the light emitting surface and the light incident surface are not necessarily provided on the entire surface of the light emitting surface. It may be formed at least at a part of at least one of the surfaces. Here, at least a part of the portion means that the area where the concavo-convex structure is formed is 30% or more of the area of the light emitting surface. In the direct type backlight device, in order to further improve the luminance and the luminance uniformity, for example, an optical member such as a diffusion sheet or a prism sheet can be disposed downstream of the light exit surface. Further, for the purpose of further improving the luminance of the light emitting surface, for example, a reflective polarizer shown below can be disposed downstream of the light emitting surface.

[0096] 反射型偏光子としては、ブリュースター角による偏光成分の反射率の差を利用した 反射型偏光子(例えば、特表平 6— 508449号公報に記載のもの);コレステリック液 晶による選択反射特性を利用した反射型偏光子;具体的には、コレステリック液晶力、 らなるフィルムと 1/4波長板との積層体 (例えば、特開平 3— 45906号公報に記載 のもの);微細な金属線状パターンを施工した反射型偏光子(例えば、特開平 2— 30 8106号公報に記載のもの);少なくとも 2種の高分子フィルムを積層し、屈折率異方 性による反射率の異方性を利用する反射型偏光子(例えば、特表平 9 506837号 公報に記載のもの);高分子フィルム中に少なくとも 2種の高分子で形成される海島構 造を有し、屈折率異方性による反射率の異方性を利用する反射型偏光子(例えば、 米国特許第 5, 825, 543号明細書に記載のもの);高分子フィルム中に粒子が分散 し、屈折率異方性による反射率の異方性を利用する反射型偏光子(例えば、特表平 11— 509014号公報に記載のもの);高分子フィルム中に無機粒子が分散し、サイズ による散乱能差に基づく反射率の異方性を利用する反射型偏光子 (例えば、特開平 9— 297204号公報に記載のもの);などが使用できる。  [0096] As the reflective polarizer, a reflective polarizer that utilizes the difference in reflectance of the polarization component depending on the Brewster angle (for example, the one described in JP-A-6-508449); selection by cholesteric liquid crystal Reflective polarizer utilizing reflection characteristics; specifically, a cholesteric liquid crystal force, a laminate of a film and a quarter-wave plate (for example, those described in JP-A-3-45906); Reflective polarizer with a metal linear pattern (for example, the one described in JP-A-2-308106); at least two kinds of polymer films are laminated, and anisotropy of reflectance due to refractive index anisotropy Reflective polarizers that utilize properties (for example, those described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 9 506837); having a sea-island structure formed of at least two kinds of polymers in a polymer film, and having an anisotropic refractive index Reflective polarizer utilizing the anisotropy of reflectivity due to the nature ( For example, those described in US Pat. No. 5,825,543); a reflective polarizer in which particles are dispersed in a polymer film and the anisotropy of reflectance due to refractive index anisotropy is utilized (for example, (Refer to JP-A-11-509014); a reflective polarizer that utilizes anisotropy of reflectance based on the scattering ability difference depending on size, in which inorganic particles are dispersed in a polymer film (for example, The ones described in Kaihei 9-297204) can be used.

実施例  Example

[0097] 以下、本発明について、実施例および比較例を挙げてより詳細に説明する。なお、 本発明は、これらの実施例には限定されない。なお、部及び%は、特に制限のない 限り重量基準である。  Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples and comparative examples. The present invention is not limited to these examples. Parts and% are based on weight unless otherwise specified.

[0098] (製造例 1:光拡散板用ペレット P1)  [0098] (Production Example 1: Light diffusion plate pellet P1)

透明樹脂として脂環式構造を有する樹脂(日本ゼオン (株)、ゼォノア 1060R、吸 水率 0. 01 %) 99. 7部と、光拡散剤として平均粒径 2 mのポリシロキサン系重合体 の架橋物からなる微粒子 0. 3部とを混合し、二軸押出機で混練してストランド状に押 し出し、ペレタイザ一で切断して光拡散板用ペレット P1を製造した。この光拡散板用 ペレット P1から、射出成形機(型締め力 lOOOkN)を用いて、両面が平滑な厚み 2m mで 100mm X 50mmの試験板を成形した。この試験板の全光泉透過率とヘーズを 、JIS K7361— l iJIS K7136にしたがって、積分球方式色差濁度計を用いて測 定した。全光線透過率は 85%であり、 - ^一ズは 99%であった。 99.7 parts of a resin having an alicyclic structure as a transparent resin (Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., ZENOA 1060R, water absorption 0.01%) and a polysiloxane polymer having an average particle diameter of 2 m as a light diffusing agent 0.3 parts of fine particles made of a cross-linked product were mixed, kneaded with a twin screw extruder, extruded into a strand, and cut with a pelletizer to produce a light diffusion plate pellet P1. From this light diffusion plate pellet P1, using an injection molding machine (clamping force lOOOkN), the thickness is 2m A test plate of 100 mm × 50 mm was formed at m. The total light spring transmittance and haze of the test plate were measured using an integrating sphere color difference turbidimeter in accordance with JIS K7361-liJIS K7136. The total light transmittance was 85%, and-^ z was 99%.

[0099] (製造例 2 :光拡散板用ペレット P2)  [0099] (Production Example 2: Pellet P2 for light diffusion plate)

透明樹脂として前記脂環式構造を有する樹脂(日本ゼオン (株)、ゼォノア 1060R) 99. 9部と、光拡散剤として前記ポリシロキサン系重合体の架橋物からなる微粒子 0. 1部とを混合し、二軸押出機で混練してストランド状に押し出し、ペレタイザ一で切断 して光拡散板用ペレット P2を製造した。この光拡散板用ペレット P2から、前記射出成 形機を用いて、両面が平滑な厚み 2mmで 100mm X 50mmの試験板を成形した。 この試験板の全光線透過率とヘーズを前記同様に測定したところ、全光線透過率は 94%であり、 - ^一ズは 89%であった。  Mixing 99.9 parts of resin having the alicyclic structure as a transparent resin (Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., ZENOA 1060R) and 0.1 part of fine particles of a cross-linked product of the polysiloxane polymer as a light diffusing agent Then, they were kneaded with a twin screw extruder, extruded into a strand shape, and cut with a pelletizer to produce a light diffusion plate pellet P2. From this light diffusion plate pellet P2, a 100 mm × 50 mm test plate having a smooth thickness of 2 mm on both sides was formed using the injection molding machine. When the total light transmittance and haze of this test plate were measured in the same manner as described above, the total light transmittance was 94%, and-^ z was 89%.

[0100] (製造例 3 :光拡散板用ペレット P3)  [0100] (Production Example 3: Light diffusion plate pellet P3)

透明樹脂として前記脂環式構造を有する樹脂(日本ゼオン (株)、ゼォノア 1060R) 97. 5部と、光拡散剤として前記ポリシロキサン系重合体の架橋物からなる微粒子 2. 5部とを混合し、二軸押出機で混練してストランド状に押し出し、ペレタイザ一で切断 して光拡散板用ペレット P3を製造した。この光拡散板用ペレット P3から、前記射出成 形機を用いて、両面が平滑な厚み 2mmで 100mm X 50mmの試験板を成形した。 この試験板の全光線透過率とヘーズを前記同様に測定したところ、全光線透過率は 55%であり、 - ^一ズは 99%であった。  97.5 parts of resin having the alicyclic structure as a transparent resin (Nippon ZEON Co., Ltd., ZENOOR 1060R) and 2.5 parts of fine particles of a cross-linked product of the polysiloxane polymer as a light diffusing agent are mixed. The mixture was then kneaded with a twin screw extruder, extruded into a strand, and cut with a pelletizer to produce a light diffusion plate pellet P3. From this light diffusion plate pellet P3, a test plate having a smooth thickness of 2 mm and a thickness of 2 mm and a thickness of 100 mm × 50 mm was formed using the injection molding machine. When the total light transmittance and haze of this test plate were measured in the same manner as described above, the total light transmittance was 55%, and-^ z was 99%.

[0101] (製造例 4 :光拡散板用ペレット P4)  [0101] (Production Example 4: Light diffusion plate pellet P4)

透明樹脂としてポリスチレン (PSジャパン (株)、 G9504) 99. 9部と、光拡散剤とし て前記ポリシロキサン系重合体の架橋物からなる微粒子 0. 1部とを混合し、二軸押 出機で混練してストランド状に押し出し、ペレタイザ一で切断して光拡散板用ペレット P4を製造した。この光拡散板用ペレット P4から、前記射出成形機を用いて、両面が 平滑な厚み 2mmで 100mm X 50mmの試験板を成形した。この試験板の全光線透 過率と^ ^一ズを前記同様に測定したところ、全光線透過率は 86%であり、 - ^一ズは 9 9%であった。  A biaxial extruder is prepared by mixing 99.9 parts of polystyrene (PS Japan Co., Ltd., G9504) as a transparent resin and 0.1 part of fine particles of a cross-linked product of the polysiloxane polymer as a light diffusing agent. And then extruded into a strand shape and cut with a pelletizer to produce a light diffusion plate pellet P4. From this light diffusion plate pellet P4, a 100 mm × 50 mm test plate having a smooth thickness of 2 mm on both sides was molded using the injection molding machine. When the total light transmittance and pitch of this test plate were measured in the same manner as described above, the total light transmittance was 86%, and-^ z was 99%.

[0102] (製造例 5 :スタンパー S1) 寸法 800mm X 500mm、厚さ 100mmのステンレス鋼 SUS430 (以下、「金属部材 」ということがある)の全面に、厚さ 100 mのニッケル一リン無電解メツキを施し、半径 38. 6 mの断面半円状のダイヤモンド切削工具を用いて、ニッケル リン無電解メ ツキ面に、長さ 800mm (長手)の辺に対し、平行な方向に、幅 70 m、深さ 22. 3 m、ピッチ 70 111で、半径 38. 6 mの円の一部(半円よりもやや小さい部分)を断面 形状とする溝を切削加工により形成した。 [0102] (Production Example 5: Stamper S1) A nickel-phosphorus electroless plating with a thickness of 100 m is applied to the entire surface of a stainless steel SUS430 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “metal member”) with dimensions of 800 mm x 500 mm and a thickness of 100 mm. Using a circular diamond cutting tool, with a width of 70 m, a depth of 22.3 m, and a pitch of 70 111, parallel to the 800 mm (long) side on the nickel-phosphorus electroless plating surface A groove with a cross-sectional shape of a part of a circle with a radius of 38.6 m (a part slightly smaller than a semicircle) was formed by cutting.

[0103] (製造例 6 :スタンパー S2)  [0103] (Production Example 6: Stamper S2)

前記と同寸法の金属部材の全面に、厚さ 100 μ mのニッケル リン無電解メツキを 施し、頂角 100度で断面三角形状のダイヤモンド切削工具を用いて、ニッケル リン 無電解メツキ面に、長さ 800mm (長手)の辺に対し、平行な方向に、幅 70 m、高さ 29. 4 ^ 111,ピッチ 70 m、頂角 100度の断面が鋸歯状のプリズム条列を切削加工 により形成した。  A nickel phosphorous electroless plating with a thickness of 100 μm is applied to the entire surface of a metal member having the same dimensions as described above, and a diamond cutting tool with a vertex angle of 100 degrees and a triangular cross section is used, and the nickel phosphorous electroless plating surface is long. In parallel with the 800mm (long) side, a prism array with a sawtooth-like cross section with a width of 70 m, height of 29.4 ^ 111, pitch of 70 m, and apex angle of 100 degrees was formed by cutting. .

[0104] (製造例 7 :スタンパー S3)  [0104] (Production Example 7: Stamper S3)

頂角 115度のダイヤモンド切削工具を、集束イオンビーム装置(日立ハイテクノロジ 一社製)を用いて、図 27に示す断面形状の切削工具 TXを作成した。次いで、前記と 同寸法の金属部材の全面に、厚さ 100 [I mのニッケル リン無電解メツキを施した。 前記ニッケル リン無電解メツキ面に、前記切削工具 TXを使用して長手方向の辺に 平 fiに延びる、幅 70〃 111、高さ 22· 3〃 m、ピッチ 70〃 111、半径 38· 6〃 mの円柱の 一部分の形状(半円柱状であるが、断面が半円よりもやや小さい)を切削加工により 形成した。  Using a focused ion beam device (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation) with a diamond cutting tool with an apex angle of 115 degrees, a cutting tool TX having a cross-sectional shape shown in FIG. 27 was created. Next, a nickel phosphorus electroless plating having a thickness of 100 [I m] was applied to the entire surface of the metal member having the same dimensions as described above. On the nickel phosphorus electroless plating surface, the cutting tool TX is used to extend a flat fi on the longitudinal side, width 70 mm 111, height 22.3 mm, pitch 70 mm 111, radius 38.6 mm The shape of a part of the cylinder of m (semi-cylindrical shape, but the cross section is slightly smaller than the semicircle) was formed by cutting.

[0105] さらに、同じ切削工具 TXを用いて、前記形状の長手方向に直交する方向(短手方 向)に、幅 70 μ m、高さ 22. 3 m、ピッチ 70 μ mで、切削加工を行った。このように して、図 28に示すように、四角錐状の各傾斜側面が外側へ膨出したような構造体が 周期的に複数並んだ凹凸構造面を作成した。次いで、この凹凸構造面が形成された 金属部材のニッケル リン無電解メツキ面に、スルファミン酸ニッケル水溶液を用いた 電鍀によりニッケルを 500 μ mの厚さで形成し、この形成物を前記無電解メツキ面か ら引き剥がして、スタンパー S3を得た。  [0105] Furthermore, using the same cutting tool TX, cutting was performed in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the shape (short direction) with a width of 70 μm, a height of 22.3 m, and a pitch of 70 μm. Went. In this manner, as shown in FIG. 28, a concavo-convex structure surface was created in which a plurality of structures whose periodic pyramid-shaped inclined side surfaces bulge outward were periodically arranged. Next, nickel is formed to a thickness of 500 μm on the nickel phosphorous electroless plating surface of the metal member on which the uneven structure surface is formed by electroplating using a nickel sulfamate aqueous solution. The stamper S3 was obtained by peeling off from the surface.

[0106] (製造例 8 :スタンパー S4) 直径 900mmのガラス基板の全面に、フォトレジスト(日本ゼオン(株)、 ZPP1700P G— 30)を塗布し、露光及び現像することにより、半径 31 mで高さ 30 mの円柱 状凸部を 80 mピッチの正方格子状に配列させるように形成した。この円柱状凸部 が設けられたガラス基板を 140°Cでポストベータして、凸部の形状を変形させ、底面 の半径 35 mで高さが 35 mの略半球状凸部とした。次いで、ガラス基板上に設け られた前記略半球状凸部の上に無電解ニッケルメツキを行った。次いで、その上にス ルファミン酸ニッケル水溶液を用いた電铸によりニッケルを 500 μ mの厚さで形成し、 この形成物を前記凸部が設けられたガラス基板から引き剥がし、寸法 800mm X 500 mmに切断して、スタンパー S4を得た。 [0106] (Production Example 8: Stamper S 4 ) Photoresist (Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., ZPP1700P G-30) is applied to the entire surface of a glass substrate with a diameter of 900 mm, exposed to light, and developed to form a cylindrical convex part with a radius of 31 m and a height of 30 m. They were formed so as to be arranged in a square lattice pattern. The glass substrate provided with the cylindrical protrusions was post-beta at 140 ° C. to deform the shape of the protrusions to form a substantially hemispherical protrusion having a bottom radius of 35 m and a height of 35 m. Next, electroless nickel plating was performed on the substantially hemispherical convex portions provided on the glass substrate. Next, nickel was formed to a thickness of 500 μm on the electrode by using an aqueous solution of nickel sulfamate, and the formed product was peeled off from the glass substrate provided with the projections, and the dimensions were 800 mm × 500 mm. The stamper S4 was obtained.

[0107] (製造例 9 :スタンパー S5) [0107] (Production Example 9: Stamper S5)

寸法 800mm X 500mm、厚さ 100mmの金属部材の全面に、厚さ 100 μ mのニッ ケルーリン無電解メツキを施し、頂角 130度で断面三角形状のダイヤモンド切削工具 を用いて、ニッケル リン無電解メツキ面に、長さ 800mm (長手)の辺に対し、平行な 方向に、幅 100 111、高さ 23. 3 ^ 111,ピッチ 100 m、頂角 130度の断面が鋸歯状 のプリズム条列を切削加工により形成した。  A nickel phosphorus electroless plating with a thickness of 100 μm was applied to the entire surface of a metal member with dimensions of 800 mm x 500 mm and a thickness of 100 mm, and a nickel phosphorus electroless plating was performed using a diamond cutting tool with a vertex angle of 130 degrees and a triangular cross section. Cut a prism row with a sawtooth-shaped section with a width of 100 111, a height of 23.3 ^ 111, a pitch of 100 m, and an apex angle of 130 degrees in a direction parallel to the 800 mm long side. Formed by processing.

[0108] (製造例 10 :スタンパー S6) [0108] (Production Example 10: Stamper S6)

寸法 800mm X 500mm、厚さ 100mmの金属部材の全面に、厚さ 100 μ mのニッ ケルーリン無電解メツキを施し、頂角 130度で断面三角形状のダイヤモンド切削工具 を用いて、ニッケル リン無電解メツキ面に、長さ 800mm (長手)の辺に対し、平行な 方向に、幅 100 111、高さ 23. 3 ^ 111,ピッチ 100 m、頂角 130度の断面が鋸歯状 のプリズム条列を切削加工により形成した。ここで、プリズム条列は、メツキ面全体に 形成したのではなぐ 90mm間隔で幅 30mmの帯状の領域が 4本できるように形成し た。即ち、プリズム条列が形成された幅 30mmの領域の間に、プリズム条列が形成さ れて!/、な!/、幅 60mmの領域を設けた。  A nickel phosphorus electroless plating with a thickness of 100 μm was applied to the entire surface of a metal member with dimensions of 800 mm x 500 mm and a thickness of 100 mm, and a nickel phosphorus electroless plating was performed using a diamond cutting tool with a vertex angle of 130 degrees and a triangular cross section. Cut a prism row with a sawtooth-shaped section with a width of 100 111, a height of 23.3 ^ 111, a pitch of 100 m, and an apex angle of 130 degrees in a direction parallel to the 800 mm long side. Formed by processing. Here, the prism rows were formed so that four strip-shaped regions with a width of 30 mm were formed at intervals of 90 mm, rather than being formed on the entire plating surface. In other words, the prism row was formed between the 30 mm wide regions where the prism rows were formed, and an area with a width of 60 mm was provided.

[0109] (製造例 11 :スタンパー S7) [0109] (Production Example 11: Stamper S7)

寸法 800mm X 500mm、厚さ 10mmの金属部材の全面に、厚さ 100 μ mのニッケ ノレ リン無電解メツキを施し、半径 115 111の断面半円状のダイヤモンド切削工具を 用いて、ニッケル リン無電解メツキ面に、長さ 800mm (長手)の辺に対し、平行な 方向に、幅 150 m、深さ 50 m、ピッチ 150 111で、半径 115 mの円の一部(半 円よりも小さい部分)を断面形状とする溝を切削加工により形成した。 Nickel-Norelin electroless plating with a thickness of 100 μm was applied to the entire surface of a metal member with dimensions of 800 mm X 500 mm and thickness 10 mm, and nickel-phosphorus electroless was performed using a diamond cutting tool with a radius of 115 111 and a semicircular cross-section. Parallel to the length of 800mm (longitudinal) side In the direction, a groove having a width of 150 m, a depth of 50 m, a pitch of 150 111, and a part of a circle with a radius of 115 m (a portion smaller than a semicircle) was formed by cutting.

[0110] (製造例 12 :スタンパー S8)  [0110] (Production Example 12: Stamper S8)

寸法 800mm X 500mm、厚さ 100mmの金属部材の全面に、厚さ 100 μ mのニッ ケルーリン無電解メツキを施し、頂角 40度で断面三角形状のダイヤモンド切削工具 を用いて、ニッケル リン無電解メツキ面に、長さ 800mm (長手)の辺に対し、平行な 方向に、幅 100 111、高さ 68. 7 ^ 111,ピッチ 50 m、頂角 40度の断面が鋸歯状の プリズム条列を切削加工により形成した。  A nickel lurin electroless plating with a thickness of 100 μm was applied to the entire surface of a metal member with dimensions of 800 mm x 500 mm and a thickness of 100 mm, and using a diamond cutting tool with a vertex angle of 40 degrees and a triangular cross section, a nickel phosphorus electroless plating was performed. Cutting a prism row with a sawtooth-shaped cross section with a width of 100 111, a height of 68.7 ^ 111, a pitch of 50 m, and an apex angle of 40 degrees in a direction parallel to the 800 mm long side Formed by processing.

[0111] <実施例 1〉  <Example 1>

内寸幅 700mm、奥 fiき 400mm、深さ 20mmの乳白色プラスチック製ケースの内 面に反射シート (株式会社ッジデン製、 RF188)を貼着して反射板とし、反射板の底 力、ら 3. 5mm離して、直径 3mm、長さ 430mmの冷陰極管 12本を、冷陰極管の中心 間の距離 aを 33mmとなるように配置し、電極部近傍をシリコーンシーラントで固定し 、インバーターを取り付けた。この設計のバックライトでは冷陰極管中心と光拡散板の 光入射面(冷陰極管側の面)との距離 bは 15mmであった。このため、 a/bが 2. 20 であった。  A reflector sheet (RF188 made by Gidden Co., Ltd.) is attached to the inside of a milky white plastic case with an inner dimension width of 700 mm, depth of 400 mm, and depth of 20 mm. 12 cold-cathode tubes 3mm in diameter and 430mm in length, 5mm apart, placed so that the distance a between the centers of the cold-cathode tubes is 33mm, the vicinity of the electrodes is fixed with silicone sealant, and an inverter is installed . In the backlight of this design, the distance b between the cold cathode tube center and the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate (the surface on the cold cathode tube side) was 15 mm. For this reason, a / b was 2.20.

[0112] 次に、製造例 5で得られたスタンパー S 1を取り付けた金型を準備し、これと製造例 1 で得られた光拡散板用ペレット P1を用い、射出成形機 (型締め力 4, 410kN)を用い て、シリンダー温度 280度、金型温度 85度で成形した。これにより、一方の面に、略 半円柱状のレンチキュラーが略平行に長手方向に延びるように複数並んだ凹凸構造 を有し、他方の面が平坦面である、厚み 2mmで 730mm X 430mmの光拡散板 D1 を得た。凹凸構造が形成された前記一方の面を、超深度顕微鏡を用いて、その面内 の種々の方向に沿って中心線平均粗 Raを測定したところ、光拡散板 D1の短手方向 (430mmの方向)に測定した中心線平均粗さ Raが最大値となり、その最大値 Ra (m ax)は、 5. O ^ mであった。また、平坦面である他方の面について、同様に中心線平 均粗さ Raを測定したところ、 Raは面内のどの方向に沿って測定しても一定で、 0. 6 μ mであった。  [0112] Next, a mold having the stamper S 1 obtained in Production Example 5 was prepared, and using this and the light diffusion plate pellet P1 obtained in Production Example 1, an injection molding machine (clamping force) 4, 410 kN), and was molded at a cylinder temperature of 280 ° C and a mold temperature of 85 ° C. As a result, a light with a thickness of 730mm x 430mm with a thickness of 2mm is provided on one side, which has a concavo-convex structure in which a plurality of substantially semi-cylindrical lenticulars are arranged in parallel to extend in the longitudinal direction, and the other side is a flat surface. Diffusion plate D1 was obtained. The one surface on which the concavo-convex structure was formed was measured for the centerline average roughness Ra along various directions in the surface using an ultra-deep microscope. The center line average roughness Ra measured in the direction) was the maximum value, and the maximum value Ra (max) was 5. O ^ m. Further, when the centerline average roughness Ra was measured in the same manner for the other surface, which was a flat surface, the Ra was constant regardless of the direction in the surface, and was 0.6 μm. .

[0113] 次に、光拡散板 D1の凹凸構造が形成されていない他方の面に、白インキを印刷し て、冷陰極管の中心軸の直上から離れるに連れてその形成範囲が減少するように、 印刷層を形成した。具体的には、図 9に示すように、線状光源 10Aの中心軸を投影 した位置 Xと、この位置 Xから、線状光源 10Aの中心軸と線状光源 10Bの中心軸の 間の距離の半分の位置 Zとの間の領域を、均等な間隔で 10分割し、これらの等分し た各領域を図 9の左側から順に領域 A1〜A10とする。線状光源 10Aの中心軸に最 も近い領域 A1から、線状光源 10Aから最も離れた領域 A10に掛けて、単位面積あ たりの印刷層の形成範囲(単位:%)が下記のように段階的に減らすように形成した。 各領域における印刷層の形成範囲は、領域 A1: 90%、領域 A2: 87%、領域 A3: 7 2 %、領域 A4 : 50%,領域 A5 : 35%、領域 A6 : 19%、領域 A7 : 11 %、領域 A8: 7 %、領域 A9: 3 %、領域 A10: 0 %とした。 [0113] Next, white ink is printed on the other surface of the light diffusion plate D1 where the uneven structure is not formed. Thus, the printed layer was formed so that the formation range decreased with increasing distance from the central axis of the cold cathode tube. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 9, a position X where the central axis of the linear light source 10A is projected, and a distance between the central axis of the linear light source 10A and the central axis of the linear light source 10B from this position X. The area between the half position Z is divided into 10 at equal intervals, and these equally divided areas are designated as areas A1 to A10 in order from the left side of FIG. The printing layer formation range (unit:%) per unit area from the area A1 closest to the central axis of the linear light source 10A to the area A10 farthest from the linear light source 10A is as follows. It was formed so as to reduce it. The formation range of the printed layer in each area is as follows: Area A1: 90%, Area A2: 87%, Area A3: 72%, Area A4: 50%, Area A5: 35%, Area A6: 19%, Area A7: 11%, Area A8: 7%, Area A9: 3%, Area A10: 0%.

[0114] このような光拡散板 D1を、凹凸構造が冷陰極管の反対側の光出射面となるように 前記プラスチックケース上に配置した。さらに、この上に、拡散シート (株式会社きもと 製、 188GM3)を設置し、その上にプリズムシート(住友スリーェム株式会社製、 BEF 3)を、プリズムシートのプリズム条列の長手方向が冷陰極管と平行で、光拡散板から 遠い側になるように設置した。その上に、複屈折を利用した反射偏光子(住友スリー ェム株式会製、 DBEF-D)を設置することにより直下型バックライト装置を作製した[0114] Such a light diffusing plate D1 was arranged on the plastic case so that the concavo-convex structure was the light emitting surface on the opposite side of the cold cathode tube. Furthermore, a diffusion sheet (manufactured by Kimoto Co., Ltd., 188GM3) is installed on top of this, and a prism sheet (manufactured by Sumitomo 3EM Co., Ltd., BEF 3) is installed thereon, and the longitudinal direction of the prism rows of the prism sheet is the cold cathode tube. It was installed so as to be on the side far from the light diffusion plate. On top of that, a direct-type backlight device was fabricated by installing a reflective polarizer (DBEF-D, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.) using birefringence.

Yes

[0115] 光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにおいて、光源直上の全光線透過率は 60 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 64%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 72%であった。  [0115] In the backlight before installing the optical sheet, the total light transmittance directly above the light source is 60%, the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 64%, and the adjacent light source The total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position was 72%.

[0116] 次いで、作製した直下型バックライトについて管電流 5mAを印加して冷陰極管を 点灯させ、二次元色分布測定装置を用いて、光拡散板の中心線上で短手方向に等 間隔に 100点の正面方向の輝度を測定し、下記の数式 1と数式 2に従って輝度平均 値 Laと輝度むら Luを得た。本実施例では、輝度平均値は 4690cd/m2で、輝度む らは、 0. 8%であった。 [0116] Next, a tube current of 5 mA was applied to the manufactured direct type backlight to light the cold cathode tube, and the two-dimensional color distribution measurement device was used to equidistantly equip the short line direction on the center line of the light diffusion plate. The luminance in the front direction at 100 points was measured, and an average luminance value La and luminance unevenness Lu were obtained according to the following formulas 1 and 2. In this example, the average luminance was 4690 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.8%.

輝度平均値 La= (Ll + L2) /2 (数式 1)  Luminance average value La = (Ll + L2) / 2 (Formula 1)

輝度むら Lu= ( (Ll— L2) /La) X 100 (数式 2)  Luminance unevenness Lu = ((Ll— L2) / La) X 100 (Equation 2)

L1:複数本設置された冷陰極管真直上での輝度極大値の平均 L2:輝度極大値に挟まれた輝度極小値の平均 L1: Average brightness maximum value directly above the cold cathode fluorescent lamps L2: Average brightness minimum value sandwiched between brightness maximum values

なお、輝度むらは、輝度の均一性を示す指標であり、輝度むらが悪いときは、その 数値は大きくなる。  Note that the luminance unevenness is an index indicating the uniformity of luminance, and the value increases when the luminance unevenness is bad.

[0117] <実施例 2〉 [0117] <Example 2>

前記冷陰極管 16本を、冷陰極管の中心間の距離 aを 23mmとなるように配置し、か つ冷陰極管中心と光拡散板の光入射面との距離 bを 8mmとし、印加する電流を 4m Aとした以外は、実施例 1と同様に行った。この際、 a/bが 2. 88であった。本実施例 では、輝度平均値は 5350cd/m2で、輝度むらは、 0. 95%であった。 The 16 cold cathode tubes are arranged such that the distance a between the centers of the cold cathode tubes is 23 mm, and the distance b between the center of the cold cathode tube and the light incident surface of the light diffusion plate is 8 mm. The same operation as in Example 1 was conducted except that the current was 4 mA. At this time, a / b was 2.88. In this example, the luminance average value was 5350 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.95%.

光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにお!/、て、光源直上の全光線透過率は 60 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 64%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 74%であった。  In the backlight before installing the optical sheet! /, The total light transmittance directly above the light source is 60%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 64%. The total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 74%.

[0118] <実施例 3〉 [0118] <Example 3>

前記冷陰極管 10本を、冷陰極管の中心間の距離 aを 40mmとなるように配置し、か つ冷陰極管中心と光拡散板の光入射面との距離 bを 18mmとし、印加する電流を 6 mAとした以外は、実施例 1と同様に行った。この際、 a/bが 2. 22であった。本実施 例では、輝度平均値は 4086cd/m2で、輝度むらは、 0. 90%であった。 Ten cold cathode tubes are arranged such that the distance a between the centers of the cold cathode tubes is 40 mm, and the distance b between the center of the cold cathode tube and the light incident surface of the light diffusion plate is 18 mm. The same operation as in Example 1 was conducted except that the current was 6 mA. At this time, a / b was 2.22. In this example, the average luminance was 4086 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.90%.

光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにお!/、て、光源直上の全光線透過率は 60 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 64%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 72%であった。  In the backlight before installing the optical sheet! /, The total light transmittance directly above the light source is 60%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 64%. The total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 72%.

[0119] <実施例 4〉 <Example 4>

製造例 6で得られたスタンパー S2を取り付けた金型を準備し、これと製造例 1で得 られた光拡散板用ペレット P1を用い、射出成形機 (型締め力 4, 410kN)を用いて、 シリンダー温度 280度、金型温度 85度で成形した。これにより、一方の面に、断面三 角形状の線状プリズム(三角プリズム)が略平行に長手方向に延びるように複数並ん だ凹凸構造を有し、他方の面が平坦面である、厚み 2mmで 730mm X 430mmの光 拡散板 D2を得た。凹凸構造が形成された前記一方の面を、超深度顕微鏡を用いて 、その面内の種々の方向に沿って中心線平均粗 Raを測定したところ、光拡散板 D2 の短手方向(430mmの方向)に測定した中心線平均粗さ Raが最大値となり、その最 大値 Ra (max)は 6· 6 mであった。また、平坦面である他方の面について同様に中 心線平均粗さ Raを測定したところ、 Raは面内のどの方向に沿って測定しても一定で 、 0. 6 mであつに。 Prepare a mold with the stamper S2 obtained in Production Example 6 and use the light diffusion plate pellet P1 obtained in Production Example 1 and use an injection molding machine (clamping force 4, 410 kN). Molded at a cylinder temperature of 280 degrees and a mold temperature of 85 degrees. As a result, one surface has a concavo-convex structure in which a plurality of linear prisms (triangular prisms) having a triangular cross section are arranged in parallel so as to extend in the longitudinal direction, and the other surface is a flat surface. The light diffusing plate D2 of 730mm x 430mm was obtained. When the center line average roughness Ra was measured along various directions in the surface of the one surface on which the concavo-convex structure was formed using an ultra-deep microscope, the short direction (430 mm) of the light diffusing plate D2 was measured. Centerline average roughness Ra measured in the The maximum value Ra (max) was 6.6 m. Also, when the centerline average roughness Ra was measured in the same manner for the other flat surface, Ra was constant regardless of the direction in the surface, and was 0.6 m.

[0120] また、前記冷陰極管 8本を、冷陰極管の中心間の距離 aを 50mmとなるように配置 し、かつ冷陰極管中心と光拡散板の光入射面との距離 bを 23mmとし、印加する電 流を 8mAとした以外は、実施例 1と同様に行った。この際、 a/bが 2. 17であった。 本実施例では、輝度平均値は 4067cd/m2で、輝度むらは、 0. 65%であった。 光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにお!/、て、光源直上の全光線透過率は 60 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 64%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 77%であった。 [0120] Further, the eight cold cathode tubes are arranged such that the distance a between the centers of the cold cathode tubes is 50 mm, and the distance b between the center of the cold cathode tubes and the light incident surface of the light diffusion plate is 23 mm. In the same manner as in Example 1 except that the applied current was 8 mA. At this time, a / b was 2.17. In this example, the luminance average value was 4067 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.65%. In the backlight before installing the optical sheet! /, The total light transmittance directly above the light source is 60%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 64%. The total light transmittance of light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 77%.

[0121] <実施例 5〉 [0121] <Example 5>

光拡散板 D2を光拡散板 D1に変えた以外は、実施例 4と同様とした。本実施例で は、輝度平均値は 3864cd/m2で、輝度むらは、 0. 75%であった。 Example 4 was the same as Example 4 except that the light diffusion plate D2 was changed to the light diffusion plate D1. In this example, the luminance average value was 3864 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.75%.

光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにお!/、て、光源直上の全光線透過率は 60 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 64%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 72%であった。  In the backlight before installing the optical sheet! /, The total light transmittance directly above the light source is 60%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 64%. The total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 72%.

[0122] <実施例 6〉 [0122] <Example 6>

内寸幅 700mm、奥行き 400mm、深さ 20mmの乳白色プラスチック製ケースの底 面に放熱用に 0. 5mmのアルミ板を敷き、その上に反射シート(東レ社製、 E- 60L) を貼着して反射板とした。次に、反射板の底に点状光源である白色チップタイプ LE D (日亜化学工業株式会社製、 NSSM025T :大きさ: 3. 0 X 3. 0 X 1. 8mm)を中 心間が縦横とも 26mmの正方格子状(図 23に示す態様)になるように設置し、電極 部に直流電流を供給できるように配線した。この設計のバックライトでは、 LED中心と 光拡散板の光入射面との距離 bは 19. 1mmであった。このため、 a/bが 1. 36であ つた。  Place a 0.5mm aluminum plate for heat dissipation on the bottom of a milky white plastic case with an inner width of 700mm, a depth of 400mm, and a depth of 20mm, and then apply a reflective sheet (E-60L, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) on it. And made a reflector. Next, a white tip type LED (made by Nichia Corporation, NSSM025T: size: 3.0 X 3.0 X 1.8 mm), which is a point light source, is vertically and horizontally centered on the bottom of the reflector. They were both installed in a 26 mm square grid pattern (as shown in Fig. 23) and wired so that a direct current could be supplied to the electrodes. In the backlight of this design, the distance b between the LED center and the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate was 19.1 mm. For this reason, a / b was 1.36.

[0123] 製造例 8で得られたスタンパー S4を取り付けた金型を準備し、これと製造例 2で得 られた光拡散板用ペレット P2を用い、射出成形機 (型締め力 4, 410kN)を用いて、 シリンダー温度 280度、金型温度 85度で成形した。これにより、一方の面に、略半球 状の構造体が正方格子状に周期的に複数並んだ凹凸構造を有し、他方の面が平坦 面である、厚み 2mmで 730mm X 430mmの光拡散板 D3を得た。凹凸構造が形成 された前記一方の面を、超深度顕微鏡を用いて、その面内の種々の方向に沿って中 心線平均粗さ Raを測定したところ、前記構造体の頂点部分間を通る方向に測定した 中心線平均粗さ Raが最大値となり、その最大値 Ra (max)は 8. 5 111であった。また 、平坦面である他方の面について同様に中心線平均粗さ Raを測定したところ、 Raは 面内のどの方向に沿って測定しても一定で、 0. 6 mであった。 [0123] An injection molding machine (clamping force 4, 410 kN) was prepared by using the mold with the stamper S4 obtained in Production Example 8 and the light diffusion plate pellet P2 obtained in Production Example 2. Was used and molded at a cylinder temperature of 280 degrees and a mold temperature of 85 degrees. This will allow you to A light diffusing plate D3 having a thickness of 2 mm and a thickness of 730 mm × 430 mm having a concavo-convex structure in which a plurality of shaped structures are periodically arranged in a square lattice pattern and the other surface being a flat surface was obtained. When the average roughness Ra of the one surface on which the concavo-convex structure was formed was measured along various directions in the surface using an ultra-deep microscope, it passed through the apex portion of the structure. The centerline average roughness Ra measured in the direction was the maximum value, and the maximum value Ra (max) was 8.5 111. Further, when the centerline average roughness Ra was measured in the same manner for the other surface, which was a flat surface, Ra was constant regardless of the direction in the surface and was 0.6 m.

[0124] 次に、光拡散板 D3の凹凸構造が形成されていない他方の面に、白インキを印刷し て、 LEDの中心の直上から離れるに連れてその形成範囲が減少するように、印刷層 を形成した。具体的には、図 26に示すように、ある矩形状の LEDを選び、この LED の縦方向および横方向について、隣接する LEDの中心位置間を結んで合計で 4本 の線分を作成した。次に、これらの各線分の中間位置同士を結んだ矩形線を設定し た。この矩形線と矩形状 LEDとの間の領域を、 LEDの中心から離れる方向に沿って 図 26に示すように 5等分し、これらの領域を LEDの中心側力、ら順に領域 Al 1〜A15 とした。 LEDの中心に最も近い領域 Al lから、 LEDから最も離れた領域 A15に掛け て、単位面積あたりの印刷層の形成範囲(単位:%)を段階的に減らした。具体的に は、領域 Al 1: 90%、領域 A12: 75%、領域 A13: 30%、領域 A14: 10%、領域 A1 5 : 0%とした。 [0124] Next, white ink is printed on the other surface of the light diffusing plate D3 where the concavo-convex structure is not formed so that the formation range decreases as the distance from the center of the LED increases. A layer was formed. Specifically, as shown in Fig. 26, a certain rectangular LED was selected, and a total of four line segments were created by connecting the center positions of adjacent LEDs in the vertical and horizontal directions of this LED. . Next, a rectangular line connecting the middle positions of these line segments was set. The area between this rectangular line and the rectangular LED is divided into 5 equal parts along the direction away from the center of the LED, as shown in Fig. 26, and these areas are divided into areas Al 1 to A15. From the region Al l closest to the center of the LED to the region A15 farthest from the LED, the formation range (unit:%) of the printed layer per unit area was gradually reduced. Specifically, region Al 1: 90%, region A12: 75%, region A13: 30%, region A14: 10%, region A1 5: 0%.

[0125] このような光拡散板 D3を、凹凸構造力 SLEDの反対側の光出射面となるように前記 プラスチックケース上に配置した。さらに、この上に、拡散シート (株式会社きもと製、 1 88GM3)を設置し、その上にプリズムシート(住友スリーェム株式会社製、 BEF3)を 、プリズムシートのプリズム条列の長手方向が前記プラスチックケースの長辺方向と 平行で、光拡散板から遠い側になるように設置した。その上に、複屈折を利用した反 射偏光子(住友スリーェム株式会製、 DBEF D)を設置することにより直下型バック ライト装置を作製した。  [0125] Such a light diffusing plate D3 was arranged on the plastic case so as to be a light emitting surface on the opposite side of the concavo-convex structural force SLED. Furthermore, a diffusion sheet (manufactured by Kimoto Co., Ltd., 1 88GM3) is installed on top of this, and a prism sheet (manufactured by Sumitomo 3EM Co., Ltd., BEF3) is installed on the diffusion sheet. It was installed so that it was parallel to the long side direction of and the side far from the light diffusion plate. On top of that, a direct-type backlight device was fabricated by installing a reflective polarizer (DBEF D, manufactured by Sumitomo 3EM Co., Ltd.) using birefringence.

[0126] 次いで、このようにして得られた直下型バックライトについて、白色チップタイプ LE Dを構成する赤色チップ、緑色チップ、および青色チップに、それぞれ 2. 2V、 3. 5 V、 3. 6Vの電流を印加して LEDを点灯させ、二次元色分布測定装置を用いて、光 拡散板の中心線上で短手方向に等間隔に 100点の正面方向の輝度を測定し、下記 の数式 1と数式 2に従って輝度平均値 Laと輝度むら Luを得た。本実施例では、輝度 平均値は 1415cd/m2で、輝度むらは、 0. 95%であった。 [0126] Next, for the direct type backlight obtained in this way, the red chip, the green chip, and the blue chip constituting the white chip type LED are respectively 2.2V, 3.5V, and 3.6V. The LED is turned on by applying a current of The luminance in the front direction of 100 points was measured at equal intervals in the short direction on the center line of the diffusion plate, and the average luminance La and luminance unevenness Lu were obtained according to the following formulas 1 and 2. In this example, the average luminance was 1415 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.95%.

輝度平均値 La= (Ll + L2) /2 (数式 1)  Luminance average value La = (Ll + L2) / 2 (Formula 1)

輝度むら Lu= ( (Ll— L2) /La) X 100 (数式 2)  Luminance unevenness Lu = ((Ll— L2) / La) X 100 (Equation 2)

L1: LED直上での輝度極大値の平均  L1: Average luminance maximum just above the LED

L2: 2つの輝度極大値に挟まれた輝度極小値の平均  L2: Average brightness minimum value between two brightness maximum values

なお、輝度むらは、輝度の均一性を示す指標であり、輝度むらが悪いときは、その 数値は大きくなる。  Note that the luminance unevenness is an index indicating the uniformity of luminance, and the value increases when the luminance unevenness is bad.

光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにお!/、て、光源直上の全光線透過率は 43 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 58%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 63%であった。  In the backlight before installing the optical sheet! /, The total light transmittance just above the light source is 43%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 58%. The total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 63%.

[0127] <実施例 7〉  <Example 7>

光拡散板 D1を光拡散板 D2に変え、冷陰極管の中心間の距離 aを 24mmとなるよ うに配置し、冷陰極管中心と光拡散板の光入射面との距離 bを 6. 5mmとし、 RF188 (株式会社ッジデン製)を後述する反射シートに変え、白インキを後述の態様で印刷 した以外は、実施例 2と同様に行った。この際、 a/bが 3. 69であった。本実施例で は、輝度平均値は 5400cd/m2で、輝度むらは、 0. 73%であった。 The light diffusion plate D1 is changed to the light diffusion plate D2, and the distance a between the cold cathode tube centers is set to 24 mm, and the distance b between the cold cathode tube center and the light incident surface of the light diffusion plate is 6.5 mm. In the same manner as in Example 2 except that RF188 (manufactured by Gidden Co., Ltd.) was changed to a reflection sheet described later and white ink was printed in the manner described below. At this time, a / b was 3.69. In this example, the average luminance value was 5400 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.73%.

[0128] 反射シートは、図 29のように、冷陰極管 2910の間の 15箇所の領域に、凸部 2950 が冷陰極管のちょうど中間に配置されるように MCPET (古河電気工業株式会社製) を折り曲げて作成した。凸部の形状は、高さ 4mm、幅 8mmの断面三角形状であつ た。  [0128] As shown in Fig. 29, the reflective sheet is MCPET (manufactured by Furukawa Electric Co., Ltd.) so that the convex part 2950 is arranged in the middle of the cold cathode tube in 15 regions between the cold cathode tubes 2910. ) Was created by bending. The shape of the convex part was a triangular section with a height of 4 mm and a width of 8 mm.

また、光拡散板 D2の凹凸構造が形成されていない他方の面に、白インキを印刷し て、冷陰極管の中心軸の直上から離れるに連れてその形成範囲が減少するように、 印刷層を形成した。具体的には、図 30に示すように、線状光源 10Aの中心軸を投影 した位置 Xから 2. 5mmまでの領域 A1の印刷層の形成範囲を 75%、 2. 5mmから 7 . 5mmまでの領域 A2の印刷層の形成範囲を 20%とした。  Also, print the white ink on the other surface of the light diffusing plate D2 where the uneven structure is not formed so that the formation range decreases as the distance from the central axis of the cold-cathode tube decreases. Formed. Specifically, as shown in Fig. 30, the formation range of the printed layer in the area A1 from the position X to 2.5 mm projected from the central axis of the linear light source 10A is 75%, from 2.5 mm to 7.5 mm The formation range of the printing layer in area A2 was set to 20%.

光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにおいて、光源直上の全光線透過率は 61 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 58%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 76%であった。 In the backlight before installing the optical sheet, the total light transmittance just above the light source is 61 %, The total light transmittance of the light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO was 58%, and the total light transmittance of the light incident on the position where the intermediate position of the adjacent light source was projected was 76%.

[0129] <実施例 8〉 <Example 8>

内寸幅 700mm、奥 fiき 400mm、深さ 25mmの乳白色プラスチック製ケースの内 面に反射シート (株式会社ッジデン製、 RF188)を貼着して反射板とし、反射板の底 力、ら 9. 75mm離して、直径 15. 5mm、長さ 800mmの熱陰極管(株式会社エレバム 社製) 4本を、熱陰極管の中心間の距離 aを 90mmとなるように配置し、電極部近傍を シリコーンシーラントで固定し、インバーターを取り付けた。この設計のバックライトで は熱陰極管中心と光拡散板の光入射面との距離 bは 15. 25mmであった。このため 、 a/b力 . 90であった。  A reflector sheet (RF188, manufactured by Gidden Co., Ltd.) is attached to the inner surface of a milky white plastic case with an inner width of 700mm, depth of 400mm, and depth of 25mm. Place four hot cathode tubes (made by Elevum Co., Ltd.) with a diameter of 15.5 mm and a length of 800 mm at a distance of 75 mm so that the distance a between the centers of the hot cathode tubes is 90 mm, and the area near the electrodes is silicone. It was fixed with a sealant and an inverter was attached. In the backlight of this design, the distance b between the center of the hot cathode tube and the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate was 15.25 mm. For this reason, the a / b force was .90.

[0130] 次に、製造例 6で得られたスタンパー S2を取り付けた金型を準備し、これと脂環式 構造を有する樹脂(日本ゼオン (株)、ゼォノア 1060R)を用い、射出成形機 (型締め 力 4, 410kN)を用いて、シリンダー温度 280度、金型温度 85度で成形した。これに より、一方の面に、断面三角形状の線状プリズム(三角プリズム)が略平行に長手方 向に延びるように複数並んだ凹凸構造を有し、他方の面が平坦面である、厚み 2mm で 730mm X 430mmの光拡散板 D4を得た。凹凸構造が形成された前記一方の面 を、超深度顕微鏡を用いて、その面内の種々の方向に沿って中心線平均粗 Raを測 定したところ、光拡散板 D4の短手方向(430mmの方向)に測定した中心線平均粗 さ Raが最大値となり、その最大値 Ra (max)は 6. 6 mであった。また、平坦面であ る他方の面について同様に中心線平均粗さ Raを測定したところ、 Raは 0. 6 111であ つた。 [0130] Next, a mold having the stamper S2 obtained in Production Example 6 was prepared, and using this and a resin having an alicyclic structure (Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., Zeonor 1060R), an injection molding machine ( Molding was performed at a cylinder temperature of 280 degrees and a mold temperature of 85 degrees using a clamping force of 4,410 kN. As a result, one surface has a concavo-convex structure in which a plurality of linear prisms (triangular prisms) having a triangular cross section are arranged in parallel so as to extend in the longitudinal direction, and the other surface is a flat surface. A light diffusion plate D4 of 730 mm X 430 mm at 2 mm was obtained. When the one surface on which the concavo-convex structure was formed was measured for the centerline average roughness Ra along various directions in the surface using an ultra-deep microscope, the short direction (430 mm) of the light diffusing plate D4 was measured. The centerline average roughness Ra measured in the direction of (1) was the maximum value, and the maximum value Ra (max) was 6.6 m. The centerline average roughness Ra was measured in the same manner for the other flat surface, and Ra was 0.6111.

[0131] 次に、光拡散板 D4の凹凸構造が形成されていない他方の面に、白インキを印刷し て、熱陰極管の中心軸の直上から離れるに連れてその形成範囲が減少するように、 印刷層を形成した。具体的には、図 30に示すように、線状光源 10Aの中心軸を投影 した位置 Xから 10. 0mmまでの領域 A1の印刷層の形成範囲を 50%、 10. 0mmか ら 20. 0mmまでの領域 A2の印刷層の形成範囲を 20%とした。  [0131] Next, white ink is printed on the other surface of the light diffusing plate D4 where the concavo-convex structure is not formed so that the formation range decreases as the distance from the center axis of the hot cathode tube increases. In addition, a printing layer was formed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 30, the formation range of the printed layer in the area A1 from the position X to 10.0 mm projected from the central axis of the linear light source 10A is 50%, 10.0 mm to 20.0 mm The formation range of the printed layer in the area A2 was set to 20%.

[0132] このような光拡散板 D4を、凹凸構造が熱陰極管の反対側の光出射面となるように 前記プラスチックケース上に配置した。さらに、この上に、拡散シート (株式会社きもと 製 188GM3)を設置し、その上にプリズムシート(住友スリーェム株式会社製、 BEF3 )を、プリズムシートのプリズム条列の長手方向が熱陰極管と平行で、光拡散板から 遠い側になるように設置した。その上に、拡散シート (株式会社きもと製 188GM3)を 設置することにより直下型バックライト装置を作製した。 [0132] Such a light diffusing plate D4 was arranged on the plastic case so that the concavo-convex structure was the light emitting surface on the opposite side of the hot cathode tube. Furthermore, on this, a diffusion sheet (Kimoto Co., Ltd. 188GM3) and a prism sheet (Sumitomo 3EM Co., Ltd., BEF3) on it so that the longitudinal direction of the prism row of the prism sheet is parallel to the hot cathode tube and away from the light diffusion plate installed. On top of that, a direct-type backlight device was fabricated by installing a diffusion sheet (Kimoto 188GM3).

[0133] 本実施例では、輝度平均値は 8030cd/m2で、輝度むらは、 0. 90%であった。 In this example, the average luminance was 8030 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.90%.

光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにお!/、て、光源直上の全光線透過率は 55 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 65%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 78%であった。  In the backlight before installing the optical sheet! /, The total light transmittance directly above the light source is 55%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 65%. The total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 78%.

[0134] <実施例 9〉  <Example 9>

脂環式構造を有する樹脂(日本ゼオン (株)、ゼォノア 1060R)を製造例 4で得られ た光拡散板用ペレット P4に変え、これと製造例 5で得られたスタンパー S1を用いて 光拡散板 D5を作成し、この光拡散板 D5と、 RF188 (株式会社ッジデン製)を後述 する反射シートに変えた以外は、実施例 8と同様に行った。この際、 a/bが 5. 90で あった。本実施例では、輝度平均値は 8190cd/m2で、輝度むらは、 0. 70%であつ た。 Replacing the resin with an alicyclic structure (Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., ZENOOR 1060R) with the light diffusion plate pellet P4 obtained in Production Example 4, and using this and the stamper S1 obtained in Production Example 5, light diffusion A plate D5 was prepared, and the same procedure as in Example 8 was performed except that the light diffusing plate D5 and RF188 (manufactured by Gidden Co., Ltd.) were changed to a reflection sheet described later. At this time, a / b was 5.90. In this example, the average luminance value was 8190 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.70%.

[0135] 反射シートは、熱陰極管の間の 3箇所の領域に、凸部が熱陰極管のちょうど中間に 酉己置されるように MCPET (古河電気工業株式会社製)を折り曲げて作成した。凸部 の形状は、高さ 20mm、幅 40mmの断面三角形状であった。  [0135] The reflection sheet was prepared by bending MCPET (Furukawa Electric Co., Ltd.) in three areas between the hot cathode tubes so that the convex part was placed between the hot cathode tubes. . The shape of the convex part was a triangular section with a height of 20 mm and a width of 40 mm.

光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにお!/、て、光源直上の全光線透過率は 63 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 60%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 65%であった。  In the backlight before installing the optical sheet! /, The total light transmittance directly above the light source is 63%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 60%. The total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 65%.

[0136] <実施例 10〉 <Example 10>

印刷層の形成方法を変えた以外は、実施例 7と同様に行った。  The same operation as in Example 7 was performed except that the method for forming the printing layer was changed.

光拡散板 D2の凹凸構造が形成されていない他方の面に、白インキを印刷して、冷 陰極管の中心軸の直上から離れるに連れてその形成範囲が減少するように、印刷層 を形成した。具体的には、図 31を用いて説明すると、線状光源 10Aの中心軸を投影 した位置 Xから 1. 0mmまでの領域 A1の印刷層の形成範囲を 60%、 1. 0mm力、ら 2 . 5mmまでの領域 A2の印刷層の形成範囲を 75%、 2. 5mmから 7. 5mmまでの領 域 A3の印刷層の形成範囲を 20%とした。なお、図 31における領域 A4には印刷層 を設けな力 た。この際、 a/bが 3. 69であった。本実施例では、輝度平均値は 542 Ocd/m2で、輝度むらは、 0. 52%であった。 White ink is printed on the other surface of the light diffusing plate D2 where the uneven structure is not formed, and a printed layer is formed so that the formation range decreases as the distance from the central axis of the cold-cathode tube decreases. did. Specifically, referring to FIG. 31, the formation range of the printed layer in the area A1 from the position X to 1.0 mm from the projection of the central axis of the linear light source 10A is 60%, 1.0 mm force, etc. 2 Up to 5mm area A2 printing layer formation range 75%, 2.5mm to 7.5mm area The formation range of the printing layer in area A3 was 20%. Note that the area A4 in FIG. 31 did not have a printing layer. At this time, a / b was 3.69. In this example, the average luminance value was 542 Ocd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 0.52%.

光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにおいて、光源直上の全光線透過率は 65 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 58%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 76%であった。  In the backlight before installing the optical sheet, the total light transmittance just above the light source is 65%, the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 58%, and it is an intermediate position between adjacent light sources. The total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position was 76%.

[0137] <比較例 1〉  [0137] <Comparative Example 1>

製造例 1で得られた光拡散板用ペレット P1を用い、射出成形機 (型締め力 4, 410 kN)を用いて、シリンダー温度 280度、金型温度 85度で成形した。これにより、厚み 2mmで 730mm X 430mmで平板状の光拡散板 D6を得た。この光拡散板 D6の各 面について、同様に中心線平均粗さ Raを測定したところ、 Raは 0. 6〃 mであった。  The light diffusion plate pellet P1 obtained in Production Example 1 was used and molded using an injection molding machine (clamping force 4,410 kN) at a cylinder temperature of 280 degrees and a mold temperature of 85 degrees. As a result, a flat light diffusion plate D6 having a thickness of 2 mm and a thickness of 730 mm × 430 mm was obtained. For each surface of the light diffusion plate D6, the centerline average roughness Ra was measured in the same manner, and Ra was 0.6 mm.

[0138] 光拡散板 D1の代わりに光拡散板 D6を用い、光拡散板 D6の光入射面に、白イン キを印刷して、冷陰極管の中心軸の直上から離れるに連れてその形成範囲が減少 する実施例 1における印刷層と同様の印刷層を形成した以外は、実施例 1と同様に 直下型バックライト装置を得た。本例では、輝度平均値は 4737cd/m2で、輝度むら は、 5. 3%であった。 [0138] The light diffusing plate D6 is used instead of the light diffusing plate D1, white ink is printed on the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate D6, and it is formed as it moves away from just above the central axis of the cold cathode tube. A direct type backlight device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the same print layer as that in Example 1 with a reduced range was formed. In this example, the luminance average value was 4737 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 5.3%.

光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにお!/、て、光源直上の全光線透過率は 40 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 40%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 80%であった。  In the backlight before installing the optical sheet! /, The total light transmittance just above the light source is 40%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 40%. The total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 80%.

[0139] <比較例 2〉  [0139] <Comparative Example 2>

光拡散板用ペレット P1の代わりに光拡散板用ペレット P3を用いて平板状の光拡散 板 D7を作製し、この光拡散板 D7を用いた以外は、比較例 1と同様にして直下型バッ クライト装置を得た。本例では、輝度平均値は 3863cd/m2で、輝度むらは、 2. 0% であった。 A flat light diffusing plate D7 was prepared using the light diffusing plate pellet P3 instead of the light diffusing plate pellet P1. A crite device was obtained. In this example, the luminance average value was 3863 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 2.0%.

光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにお!/、て、光源直上の全光線透過率は 35 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 35%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 45%であった。  In the backlight before installing the optical sheet! /, The total light transmittance just above the light source is 35%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 35%. The total light transmittance of light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 45%.

[0140] <比較例 3〉 冷陰極管の中心間の距離 aを 23. Ommとなるように配置し、かつ冷陰極管中心と 光拡散板の光入射面との距離 bを 15mmとした以外は、実施例 2と同様に行った。こ の際、 a/bが 1. 53であった。本実施例では、輝度平均値は 5296cd/m2で、輝度 むらは、 1. 90%であった。 [0140] <Comparative Example 3> The same as in Example 2 except that the distance a between the centers of the cold cathode tubes was set to 23. Omm and the distance b between the center of the cold cathode tubes and the light incident surface of the light diffusion plate was 15 mm. went. At this time, a / b was 1.53. In this example, the average luminance value was 5296 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 1.90%.

光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにお!/、て、光源直上の全光線透過率は 60 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 64%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 73%であった。  In the backlight before installing the optical sheet! /, The total light transmittance directly above the light source is 60%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 64%. The total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 73%.

[0141] <比較例 4〉 [0141] <Comparative Example 4>

光拡散板 D4に印刷をしなかったこと以外は、実施例 8と同様に行った。この際、 a /bが 5. 90であった。本実施例では、輝度平均値は 7560cd/m2で、輝度むらは、 10. 1 %であった。 The same operation as in Example 8 was performed except that printing was not performed on the light diffusion plate D4. At this time, a / b was 5.90. In this example, the average luminance was 7560 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 10.1%.

[0142] <比較例 5〉 [0142] <Comparative Example 5>

光拡散板 D4の代わりに光拡散板 D1を設置し、熱陰極管の中心間の距離 aを 300 mmとなるように 2本配置し、熱陰極管中心と光拡散板の光入射面との距離 bを 10. 2 5mmとし、後述する印刷を行った以外は、実施例 8と同様に行った。この際、 a/bが 29. 27であった。本実施例では、輝度平均値は 3825cd/m2で、輝度むらは、 118 . 6%であった。 Instead of the light diffusing plate D4, the light diffusing plate D1 is installed, and two are arranged so that the distance a between the centers of the hot cathode tubes is 300 mm, and the center of the hot cathode tube and the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate are arranged. The same operation as in Example 8 was performed except that the distance b was 10.25 mm and printing described later was performed. At this time, a / b was 29.27. In this example, the average luminance value was 3825 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 118.6%.

[0143] 光拡散板 D1の凹凸構造が形成されていない他方の面に、白インキを印刷して、熱 陰極管の中心軸の直上から離れるに連れてその形成範囲が減少するように、印刷層 を形成した。具体的には、図 31に示すように、線状光源 10Aの中心軸を投影した位 置 X力、ら 10. 0mまでの領域 A1の印刷層の形成範囲を 75%、 10. Omm力、ら 25. 0 mmまでの領域 A2の印刷層の形成範囲を 60%、 25. Ommから 40. Ommまでの領 域 A3の印刷層の形成範囲を 35%、 40. Omm力、ら 65. Ommまでの領域 A4の印刷 層の形成範囲を 20%とした。  [0143] On the other surface of the light diffusion plate D1 where the uneven structure is not formed, white ink is printed so that the formation range decreases as the distance from the position directly above the central axis of the hot cathode tube decreases. A layer was formed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 31, the position X force projected from the central axis of the linear light source 10A, the formation range of the printed layer in the area A1 up to 10.0 m, 75%, 10. Omm force, The area of the printed layer in area A2 up to 25.0 mm is 60%, the area from 25. Omm to 40. Omm is 35% in the area of printed layer A3, 40. Omm force, etc. 65. Omm The formation range of the printed layer in area A4 was set to 20%.

光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにお!/、て、光源直上の全光線透過率は 62 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 62%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 30%であった。  In the backlight before installing the optical sheet! /, The total light transmittance directly above the light source is 62%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 62%. The total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 30%.

[0144] <比較例 6〉 製造例 6で得られたスタンパー S2と製造例 9で得られたスタンパー S 5を取り付けた 金型を準備し、これと脂環式構造を有する樹脂(日本ゼオン (株)、ゼォノア 1060R) を用い、射出成形機(型締め力 4, 410kN)を用いて、シリンダー温度 280度、金型 温度 85度で成形した。これにより、一方の面に、頂角 100度の断面三角形状の線状 プリズム(三角プリズム)が略平行に長手方向に延びるように複数並んだ凹凸構造を 有し、他方の面に頂角 130度の断面三角形状の線状プリズム(三角プリズム)が略平 行に長手方向に延びるように複数並んだ凹凸構造を有した、厚み 2mmで 730mm X 430mmの光拡散板 D8を得た。頂角 100度の凹凸構造が形成された前記一方の 面を、超深度顕微鏡を用いて、その面内の種々の方向に沿って中心線平均粗 Raを 測定したところ、光拡散板 D8の短手方向(430mmの方向)に測定した中心線平均 粗さ Raが最大値となり、その最大値 Ra (max)は 6. 6 mであった。また、頂角 130 度の凹凸構造が形成された前記他方の面を、超深度顕微鏡を用いて、その面内の 種々の方向に沿って中心線平均粗 Raを測定したところ、光拡散板 D8の短手方向(4 30mmの方向)に測定した中心線平均粗さ Raが最大値となり、その最大値 Ra (max )は 5· 5 mであった。この光拡散板 D8を用いて、頂角 100度の凹凸構造のある面 を熱陰極管の反対側の光出射面となるように前記プラスチックケース上に配置した以 外は、実施例 8と同様にして直下型バックライト装置を得た。本例では、輝度平均値 は 7950cd/m2で、輝度むらは、 1. 9%であった。 [0144] <Comparative Example 6> Prepare a mold equipped with the stamper S2 obtained in Production Example 6 and the stamper S5 obtained in Production Example 9, and use this and a resin having an alicyclic structure (Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., ZEONOR 1060R). Using an injection molding machine (clamping force 4,410 kN), molding was performed at a cylinder temperature of 280 degrees and a mold temperature of 85 degrees. Thus, one surface has a concavo-convex structure in which a plurality of linear prisms (triangular prisms) having a triangular cross section with a vertex angle of 100 degrees are arranged in parallel to extend in the longitudinal direction, and the other surface has an apex angle of 130. A light diffusing plate D8 having a thickness of 2 mm and a thickness of 730 mm x 430 mm was obtained having a concavo-convex structure in which a plurality of linear prisms (triangular prisms) having a triangular cross section extending in the longitudinal direction in a substantially parallel manner. When the one surface on which the concavo-convex structure with an apex angle of 100 degrees was formed was measured for centerline average roughness Ra along various directions in the surface using an ultra-deep microscope, the short side of the light diffusing plate D8 was measured. The centerline average roughness Ra measured in the hand direction (430 mm direction) was the maximum value, and the maximum value Ra (max) was 6.6 m. In addition, when the other surface on which the concavo-convex structure with an apex angle of 130 degrees was formed was measured for the center line average roughness Ra along various directions in the surface using an ultradeep microscope, the light diffusing plate D8 The centerline average roughness Ra measured in the short direction (430 mm direction) was the maximum value, and the maximum value Ra (max) was 5.5 m. Except for using this light diffusing plate D8, a surface with a concavo-convex structure with an apex angle of 100 degrees was arranged on the plastic case so as to be the light emitting surface on the opposite side of the hot cathode tube, the same as in Example 8. Thus, a direct type backlight device was obtained. In this example, the average brightness was 7950 cd / m 2 and the uneven brightness was 1.9%.

光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにお!/、て、光源直上の全光線透過率は 53 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 66%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 77%であった。 <比較例 7〉  In the backlight before installing the optical sheet! /, The total light transmittance just above the light source is 53%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 66%. The total light transmittance of light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 77%. <Comparative Example 7>

製造例 6で得られたスタンパー S2と製造例 10で得られたスタンパー S6を取り付け た金型を準備し、これと脂環式構造を有する樹脂(日本ゼオン (株)、ゼォノア 1060R )を用い、射出成形機(型締め力 4, 410kN)を用いて、シリンダー温度 280度、金型 温度 85度で成形した。これにより、一方の面に、頂角 100度の断面三角形状の線状 プリズム(三角プリズム)が略平行に長手方向に延びるように複数並んだ凹凸構造を 有し、他方の面に頂角 130度の断面三角形状の線状プリズム(三角プリズム)の幅 30 mmの帯 4本が略平行に長手方向に延びるように複数並んだ凹凸構造を有した、厚 み 2mmで 730mm X 430mmの光拡散板 D9を得た。頂角 100度の凹凸構造が形 成された前記一方の面を、超深度顕微鏡を用いて、その面内の種々の方向に沿って 中心線平均粗 Raを測定したところ、光拡散板 D9の短手方向(430mmの方向)に測 定した中心線平均粗さ Raが最大値となり、その最大値 Ra (max)は 6. 6 mであつ た。また、頂角 130度の凹凸構造が形成された前記他方の面を、超深度顕微鏡を用 いて、その面内の種々の方向に沿って中心線平均粗 Raを測定したところ、前記頂角 130度の凹凸構造が形成された部分を光拡散板 D8の短手方向(430mmの方向) に測定した中心線平均粗さ Raが最大値となり、その最大値 Ra (max)は 5· 5 μ mで あった。この光拡散板 D9を用いて、頂角 100度の凹凸構造のある面を熱陰極管の 反対側の光出射面となるようにして、頂角 130度の凹凸構造が熱陰極管の上となるよ うに前記プラスチックケース上に配置した以外は、実施例 8と同様にして直下型バック ライト装置を得た。ここで、頂角 130度の凹凸構造を有する幅 30mmの領域の、幅方 向における中央線力 S、各熱陰極管の中心線を光拡散板に投影した線と一致するようPrepare a mold attached with the stamper S2 obtained in Production Example 6 and the stamper S6 obtained in Production Example 10, and use this and a resin having an alicyclic structure (Zeon Corporation, Zeonor 1060R), Using an injection molding machine (clamping force 4,410 kN), molding was performed at a cylinder temperature of 280 degrees and a mold temperature of 85 degrees. Thus, one surface has a concavo-convex structure in which a plurality of linear prisms (triangular prisms) having a triangular cross section with a vertex angle of 100 degrees are arranged in parallel to extend in the longitudinal direction, and the other surface has an apex angle of 130. Width of triangular prism with 30 degree cross section (triangular prism) 30 A light diffusing plate D9 having a thickness of 2 mm and a thickness of 730 mm x 430 mm was obtained, having a concavo-convex structure in which a plurality of 4 mm strips were arranged in parallel so as to extend in the longitudinal direction. When the one surface on which the concavo-convex structure with an apex angle of 100 degrees was formed was measured for the center line average roughness Ra along various directions in the surface using an ultradeep microscope, the light diffusion plate D9 The centerline average roughness Ra measured in the short direction (430 mm direction) was the maximum value, and the maximum value Ra (max) was 6.6 m. Further, when the other surface on which the concavo-convex structure with an apex angle of 130 degrees was formed was measured for centerline average roughness Ra along various directions in the surface using an ultradeep microscope, the apex angle 130 The centerline average roughness Ra measured in the short direction (430mm direction) of the light diffuser D8 is the maximum value, and the maximum value Ra (max) is 5.5 μm Met. Using this light diffusing plate D9, the concavo-convex structure with an apex angle of 130 degrees is formed on the hot cathode tube so that the surface with the concavo-convex structure with an apex angle of 100 degrees becomes the light emitting surface on the opposite side of the hot cathode tube. A direct type backlight device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 8 except that it was arranged on the plastic case. Here, the central line force S in the width direction and the center line of each hot-cathode tube in the region of 30 mm width having an uneven structure with an apex angle of 130 degrees coincide with the line projected on the light diffusion plate.

、光拡散板の配置位置を調整した。 The arrangement position of the light diffusion plate was adjusted.

本例では、輝度平均値は 7880cd/m2で、輝度むらは、 2. 8%であった。 In this example, the average brightness was 7880 cd / m 2 and the brightness unevenness was 2.8%.

光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにお!/、て、光源直上の全光線透過率は 53 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 66%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 75%であった。 <比較例 8〉  In the backlight before installing the optical sheet! /, The total light transmittance just above the light source is 53%, and the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source toward the position NO is 66%. The total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position of the intermediate position of the light source was 75%. <Comparative Example 8>

製造例 11で得られたスタンパー S7の凹凸構造面に、紫外線硬化樹脂 (新中村化 学社製、 NKエステル AMP— 20GY) 95重量%と重合開始剤(チバスペシャルティー ケミカノレズ社製、ィルガキュア 184) 5重量%を混合したものを塗布し、その上に、 90 0mm X 600mmサイズの基材フィルム(帝人株式会社製、ティジンテトロンフィルム( 銘柄: 03、 50 m厚み))を置き、フィルムを上から押さえつけることで気泡を除去し た。これを、フィルム側から紫外線を 600mj/cm2照射し、硬化した。その後、スタン パー S 7からフィルムを剥がし、 800mm X 500mmサイズに切断し、 UV硬化樹脂層 3205及び基材フイノレム 3204力、らなるフイノレム 1を得た。このフィルム 1の凹凸構造面 とは反対の面に、凹凸構造の谷部に対向した位置に、凹凸構造と平行方向に幅 100 〃m、高さ 100〃 mの帯状となるように、白インキ 3201を印刷した。さらに、この面に 、フィルム 1の凹凸構造とは反対の面から高さ 150 mとなるように接着層 3203を塗 布した。これを凹凸構造が外側となるように光拡散板 D7 (3202)に接着し、光拡散板 D10を得た。断面構造を図 32に示す。凹凸構造が形成された面を、超深度顕微鏡 を用いて、その面内の種々の方向に沿って中心線平均粗 Raを測定したところ、光拡 散板 D10の短手方向(430mmの方向)に測定した中心線平均粗さ Raが最大値とな り、その最大値 Ra (max)は、 12. 5 mであった。また、平坦面である他方の面につ いて、同様に中心線平均粗さ Raを測定したところ、 Raは 0. 6 mであった。この光拡 散板 D10を用いて、凹凸構造のある面を熱陰極管の反対側の光出射面となるように して前記プラスチックケース上に配置した以外は、実施例 8と同様にして直下型バッ クライト装置を得た。本例では、輝度平均値は 6680cd/m2で、輝度むらは、 3. 5% であった。 On the uneven structure surface of the stamper S7 obtained in Production Example 11, 95% by weight of UV curable resin (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NK Ester AMP-20GY) and a polymerization initiator (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals, Inc., Irgacure 184) Apply a mixture of 5% by weight, and place a 90 mm x 600 mm size substrate film (Teijin Limited, Teijin Tetron film (brand name: 03, 50 m thickness)) on top. Air bubbles were removed by pressing from the top. This was cured by irradiating with 600 mj / cm 2 of ultraviolet rays from the film side. Thereafter, the film was peeled off from the stamper S7 and cut into a size of 800 mm × 500 mm to obtain a UV-curable resin layer 3205 and a base material FINEREM 3204 force, and FINEREM 1 as described above. Uneven structure surface of this film 1 White ink 3201 was printed on the surface opposite to the surface of the concavo-convex structure so as to form a strip having a width of 100 〃m and a height of 100 帯 m in a direction parallel to the concavo-convex structure. Further, an adhesive layer 3203 was applied to this surface so that the height from the surface opposite to the uneven structure of the film 1 was 150 m. This was adhered to the light diffusing plate D7 (3202) so that the concavo-convex structure was on the outside to obtain a light diffusing plate D10. Figure 32 shows the cross-sectional structure. The surface on which the concavo-convex structure was formed was measured for the centerline average roughness Ra along various directions in the surface using an ultra-deep microscope. The short direction of the light diffusing plate D10 (430 mm direction) The centerline average roughness Ra measured at the maximum was the maximum value, and the maximum value Ra (max) was 12.5 m. For the other surface, which was a flat surface, the centerline average roughness Ra was measured in the same manner, and Ra was 0.6 m. This light diffusing plate D10 was used in the same manner as in Example 8 except that the surface having the concavo-convex structure was arranged on the plastic case so as to be the light emitting surface opposite to the hot cathode tube. A mold backlight device was obtained. In this example, the average luminance was 6680 cd / m 2 and the luminance unevenness was 3.5%.

光学シートを設置する前のバックライトにおいて、光源直上の全光線透過率は 31 %で、光源中心から位置 NO方向へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 30%で、隣接す る光源の中間位置を投影した位置へ入射した光の全光線透過率は 30%であった。  In the backlight before installing the optical sheet, the total light transmittance directly above the light source is 31%, the total light transmittance of light incident from the center of the light source in the position NO direction is 30%, and it is an intermediate position between adjacent light sources. The total light transmittance of the light incident on the projected position was 30%.

[0147] 実施例 1〜 10と比較例;!〜 8の結果を表 1〜表 4に示す。  [0147] The results of Examples 1 to 10 and Comparative Example;! To 8 are shown in Tables 1 to 4.

[0148] [表 1] [0148] [Table 1]

単位 実施例 1 実施例 2 実施例 3 実施例 4 実施例 5 光源 種類 ― CCFL CCFL CCFL CCFL CCFL 使用数量 一 12 16 10 8 8 光学 シ一ト 1 ― 反射偏光 反射偏光 反射偏光 反射偏光 反射偏光 シート シー卜 2 ― プリズム プリズム プリズム プリズム プリズム シ—ト シ一ト シ一ト シ一ト シ一ト シ一ト 3 ― 拡散 拡散 拡散 拡散 拡散 シート シート シ一ト シー卜 シ一ト 拡散板 パターン レンチ レンチ レンチ レンチ 種類 キユラ一 キユラ一 キユラ一 キユラ一 拡散剤濃度 wt% 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 全光線 Unit Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Example 5 Light source Type ― CCFL CCFL CCFL CCFL CCFL Quantity used 1 12 16 10 8 8 Optical sheet 1 ― Reflected polarized light Reflected polarized light Reflected polarized light Reflected polarized light Reflected polarized light Sheet Sheet卜 2 ― Prism Prism Prism Prism Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet 3 ― Diffusion Diffusion Diffusion Diffusion Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Diffusion Plate Pattern Wrench Wrench Wrench Type Kyura Kyura Kyura Kyura Diffuser concentration wt% 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Total light

% 85 85 85 85 85 透過率  % 85 85 85 85 85 Transmittance

へ一ズ % 99 99 99 99 99 印刷層 印刷層面の /jm 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 粗さ Ra  % 99 99 99 99 99 Print layer / jm of print layer surface 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 Roughness Ra

光源中心間 mm 33 23 40 50 50 平均距離 a  Center of light source mm 33 23 40 50 50 Average distance a

光源中心と  Light source center

光入射面の mm 15 8 18 23 23 平均距離 b  Light incident surface mm 15 8 18 23 23 Average distance b

a/b ― 2.20 2.88 2.22 2.17 2.17 評価 中央輝度 cd/mz 4690 5350 4086 4067 3864 輝度むら % 0.80 0.95 0.90 0.65 0.75 a / b ― 2.20 2.88 2.22 2.17 2.17 Evaluation Central luminance cd / m z 4690 5350 4086 4067 3864 Luminance unevenness% 0.80 0.95 0.90 0.65 0.75

] 単位 実施例 6 実施例 7 実施例 8 実施I II §例 9 実施例 10 光源 種類 ― LED CCFL HCFL HCFL CCFL 使用数量 ― 390 16 4 4 16 光学 拡散 拡散 Unit Example 6 Example 7 Example 8 Example I II §Example 9 Example 10 Light source type ― LED CCFL HCFL HCFL CCFL Quantity used ― 390 16 4 4 16 Optical diffusion Diffusion

シート 1 ― 反射偏光 反射偏光 反射偏光 シー卜 シ一ト シ一ト ズム プリズム プリズム プリズム シ一ト 2 一 プリズム プリ  Sheet 1 ― Reflected polarized light Reflected polarized light Reflected polarized light Sheet Sheet Sheet prism Prism Prism Sheet 2 Sheet 1 Prism pre

シ一ト シート シート シ一ト シ一ト Sheet sheet sheet sheet sheet

- 拡散 拡散 拡散 拡散 拡散 シ一ト 3 -Diffusion Diffusion Diffusion Diffusion Sheet 3

シート シート シート シート シ一ト 拡散板 パターン 100° 三 100° 三 100° 三 レンチキ 種類 半球状 角プリズ 角プリズ 角プリズ ム ム ユラ一 ム 拡散剤濃度 wt% 0.1 0.3 0 0.1 0.3 全光線  Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Diffusion plate Pattern 100 ° 3 100 ° 3 100 ° 3 Wrench Type Hemispherical angle prism angle prism angle prism Yuram diffuser concentration wt% 0.1 0.3 0 0.1 0.3 total light

% 94 85 92 86 85 透過半  % 94 85 92 86 85 Transparent half

へ一ズ % 89 99 0.3 99 99 印刷層 印刷層面の tim 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 粗さ Ra  % 89 99 0.3 99 99 Print layer Print layer surface tim 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 Roughness Ra

光源中心間 mm 26 24 90 90 24 平均距離 a  Center of light source mm 26 24 90 90 24 Average distance a

光源中心と  Light source center

光入射面の mm 19.1 6.5 15.25 15.25 6.5 平均距離 b  Mm of incident surface 19.1 6.5 15.25 15.25 6.5 Average distance b

a/b ― 1.36 3.69 5.90 5.90 3.69 評価 中央輝度 cd/m' 1415 5400 8030 8190 5420 輝度むら % 0.95 0.73 0.90 0.70 0.52 単位 比較例 1 比較例 2 比較例 3 比較例 4 a / b ― 1.36 3.69 5.90 5.90 3.69 Evaluation Central luminance cd / m '1415 5400 8030 8190 5420 Luminance unevenness% 0.95 0.73 0.90 0.70 0.52 Unit Comparative Example 1 Comparative Example 2 Comparative Example 3 Comparative Example 4

光源 種類 ― CCFL CCFL CCFL HCFL  Light source type ― CCFL CCFL CCFL HCFL

使用数量 ― 12 12 16 4  Quantity used-12 12 16 4

光学 シート 1 ― 反射偏光 反射偏光 拡散  Optical sheet 1 ― Reflected polarized light Reflected polarized light Diffused

反射偏光  Reflected polarization

シート シート シート 2 ― プリズム プリズム プリズム プリズム  Sheet Sheet Sheet 2 ― Prism Prism Prism Prism

シ一ト シート シート シート シート 3 ― 拡散 拡散 拡散 拡散  Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet 3 ― Diffusion Diffusion Diffusion Diffusion

シ一卜 シ一卜 シ一ト シート 拡散板 パターン 100。 三  Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Diffuser pattern 100. Three

レンチ  wrench

種類 なし なし 角プリズ  Type None None Square prism

キユラ一 ム 拡散剤濃度 wt% 0.3 2.5 0.3 0  Kyuramu Diffusion agent concentration wt% 0.3 2.5 0.3 0

全光線  Total rays

% 85 55 85 92  % 85 55 85 92

透過率  Transmittance

ヘーズ % 99 99 99 0.3  Haze% 99 99 99 0.3

印刷層 印刷層面の  Print layer Print layer surface

urn 0.15 0.15 0.15  urn 0.15 0.15 0.15

粗さ Ra なし 光源中心間 mm 33 33 23 90  Roughness Ra None Center of light source mm 33 33 23 90

平均距離 a  Average distance a

光源中心と  Light source center

光入射面の mm 15 15 15 15.25 平均距離 b  Mm of light incident surface 15 15 15 15.25 Average distance b

a/b ― 2.20 2.20 1.53 5.90  a / b ― 2.20 2.20 1.53 5.90

評価 中央輝度 cd/nr 4737 3863 5296 7560  Evaluation Central luminance cd / nr 4737 3863 5296 7560

輝度むら % 5.3 2.0 1.9 10.1  Brightness unevenness% 5.3 2.0 1.9 10.1

[0151] [表 4] 単位 比較例 5 比較例 6 比較例 7 比較例 8 光源 種類 ― HCFL HCFL HCFL HCFL [0151] [Table 4] Unit Comparison Example 5 Comparison Example 6 Comparison Example 7 Comparison Example 8 Light source Type ― HCFL HCFL HCFL HCFL

使用数量 ― 2 4 4 4  Quantity used ― 2 4 4 4

光学 シート 1 ― 拡散 拡散 拡散 拡散  Optical sheet 1 ― Diffusion Diffusion Diffusion Diffusion

シート シー卜 シート シート シート シート 2 ― プリズム プリズム プリズム プリズム  Sheet Cutter Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet 2 ― Prism Prism Prism Prism

シート シート シート シート シ一ト 3 ― 拡散 拡散 拡散 拡散  Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet 3 ― Diffusion Diffusion Diffusion Diffusion

シート シート シート シ一ト 拡散板 パターン 100°  Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Diffuser pattern 100 °

レンチキ 100° レンチ +均 種類 /130°  Wrench 100 ° Wrench + Average / 130 °

ユラ一 ハ 30°  Yuraichi Ha 30 °

(30mm) 一印刷 拡散剤濃度 wt% 0.3 0 t% 0 t% 2.5wt  (30mm) One printing Diffuser concentration wt% 0.3 0 t% 0 t% 2.5wt

全光線  Total rays

% 85 92% 92% 55%  % 85 92% 92% 55%

透過半  Transparent half

ヘーズ % 99 0.3% 0.3% 99%  Haze% 99 0.3% 0.3% 99%

印刷層 印刷層面の jum 0.15 印刷なし 印刷なし 均一印刷  Print layer Print layer surface jum 0.15 No print No print Uniform print

粗さ Ra  Roughness Ra

光源中心間 mm 300 90 90 90  Center of light source mm 300 90 90 90

平均距離 a  Average distance a

光源中心と  Light source center

光入射面の 10.25 15.25 15.25 15.25  Light incident surface 10.25 15.25 15.25 15.25

平均距離 b  Average distance b

a/b ― 29.27 5.90 5.90 5.90  a / b ― 29.27 5.90 5.90 5.90

評価 中央輝度 cd/m2 3825 7950 7880 6680 Evaluation Central luminance cd / m 2 3825 7950 7880 6680

輝度むら % 118.6 1.9% 2.8% 3.5%  Uneven brightness% 118.6 1.9% 2.8% 3.5%

[0152] 表 1〜表 4に示すように、実施例;!〜 10のように、光源の中心間の平均距離と、光 源の中心と光入射面との平均距離が一定の関係を満たし、反射抑制層を適切に設 置することにより、発光面に輝度むらが生じるのを抑えることができる。これに対して、 比較例 1〜8に示すように、前記一定の関係を満たさない場合には、発光面に輝度 むらが生じていた。 [0152] Examples as shown in Tables 1 to 4; ~ 10, the average distance between the center of the light source and the light When the average distance between the center of the light source and the light incident surface satisfies a certain relationship and the reflection suppressing layer is appropriately disposed, it is possible to suppress uneven brightness on the light emitting surface. On the other hand, as shown in Comparative Examples 1 to 8, when the predetermined relationship was not satisfied, uneven brightness occurred on the light emitting surface.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims [1] 反射板と、略平行に並んだ複数の線状光源と、これらの線状光源からの直射光お よび前記反射板からの反射光を光入射面から入射し、拡散して光出射面から出射す る光拡散板と、を備える直下型バックライト装置であって、  [1] A reflecting plate, a plurality of linear light sources arranged substantially in parallel, and direct light from these linear light sources and reflected light from the reflecting plate are incident from a light incident surface and diffused to emit light. A direct-type backlight device comprising a light diffusing plate that exits from a surface, 前記光出射面および前記光入射面のうちの少なくとも一方の面には、その少なくと も一部の箇所に、当該面内で様々な方向に沿って測定した中心線平均粗さ Raのう ちの最大値である Ra (max)が 3 m〜; 1 , 000 mである凹凸構造が形成され、 前記光出射面および前記光入射面のうちの少なくとも一方の面には、少なくとも範 囲 M に光の透過を抑制する光透過抑制層が設けられ、  At least one of the light emitting surface and the light incident surface has at least a portion of the center line average roughness Ra measured along various directions in the surface. A concavo-convex structure having a maximum value Ra (max) of 3 m to 1,000 m is formed, and at least one of the light emitting surface and the light incident surface has light in at least a range M. A light transmission suppression layer for suppressing transmission of R  R 前記範囲 M において、前記光拡散板および前記光透過抑制層を含む部分の透  In the range M, the portion including the light diffusing plate and the light transmission suppressing layer is not transparent. R  R 過率の最小値は、前記線状光源の中心位置を前記光拡散板に投影した位置と、隣 接する前記線状光源の中心位置を前記光拡散板に投影した位置との中間の位置に おける、前記光拡散板および前記光透過抑制層を含む部分の透過率の値よりも 5% 以上低ぐ  The minimum value of the excess rate is at a position intermediate between the position where the center position of the linear light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate and the position where the center position of the adjacent linear light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate. 5% or more lower than the transmittance value of the portion including the light diffusion plate and the light transmission suppressing layer 隣接する前記線状光源の中心間の平均距離を a (mm)、前記線状光源の中心と前 記光入射面との平均距離を b (mm)とし、 1. 7≤a/b≤23. 0の関係を満たし、 前記範囲 Mは、前記線状光源の中心線を前記光拡散板の入射面に投影した位  The average distance between the centers of the adjacent linear light sources is a (mm), and the average distance between the center of the linear light source and the light incident surface is b (mm), and 1.7≤a / b≤23 Satisfying the relationship of 0, the range M is a position where the center line of the linear light source is projected onto the incident surface of the light diffusing plate. R  R 置を基準線とし、この基準線から距離 M (mm)以内の領域であり、ここで M及び bは 0 ≤ M < b X tan (2 π /9)の関係を満たす  Is a region within a distance M (mm) from this reference line, where M and b satisfy the relationship 0 ≤ M <b X tan (2 π / 9) 直下型バックライト装置。  Direct type backlight device. [2] 反射板と、複数の点状光源と、これらの点状光源からの直射光および前記反射板 力 の反射光を光入射面から入射し、拡散して光出射面から出射する光拡散板と、 を備える直下型バックライト装置であって、 [2] Light diffusion in which a reflecting plate, a plurality of point light sources, direct light from these point light sources and reflected light of the reflecting plate force are incident from the light incident surface, diffused and emitted from the light emitting surface A direct-type backlight device comprising: 前記光出射面および前記光入射面のうちの少なくとも一方の面には、その少なくと も一部の箇所に、当該面内で様々な方向に沿って測定した中心線平均粗さ Raのう ちの最大値である Ra (max)が 3 m〜; 1 , 000 mである凹凸構造が形成され、 前記光出射面および前記光入射面のうちの少なくとも一方の面には、少なくとも範 囲 M に光の透過を抑制する光透過抑制層が設けられ、 前記範囲 M において、前記光拡散板および前記光透過抑制層を含む部分の透At least one of the light emitting surface and the light incident surface has at least a portion of the center line average roughness Ra measured along various directions in the surface. A concavo-convex structure having a maximum value Ra (max) of 3 m to 1,000 m is formed, and at least one of the light emitting surface and the light incident surface has light in at least a range M. A light transmission suppression layer for suppressing transmission of In the range M, the portion including the light diffusing plate and the light transmission suppressing layer is not transparent. R R 過率の最小値は、前記点状光源の中心位置を前記光拡散板に投影した位置と、隣 接する前記点状光源の中心位置を前記光拡散板に投影した位置との中間の位置に おける、前記光拡散板および前記光透過抑制層を含む部分の透過率の値よりも 5% 以上低ぐ  The minimum value of the excess rate is an intermediate position between a position where the center position of the point light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate and a position where the center position of the adjacent point light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate. 5% or less lower than the transmittance value of the portion including the light diffusion plate and the light transmission suppressing layer 隣接する前記点状光源の中心間の平均距離 a (mm)、前記点状光源の中心と前記 光入射面との平均距離を b (mm)とし、 0. 5≤a/b≤15. 0の関係を満たし、 前記範囲 Mは、前記点状光源の中心点を前記光拡散板の入射面に投影した位  The average distance a (mm) between the centers of the adjacent point light sources, and the average distance between the center of the point light source and the light incident surface is b (mm), and 0.5≤a / b≤15. 0 The range M is a position obtained by projecting the center point of the point light source onto the incident surface of the light diffusing plate. R  R 置を基準点とし、この基準点から距離 M (mm)以内の領域であり、ここで M及び bは 0 ≤ M < b X tan (2 π /9)の関係を満たす  Is a region within a distance M (mm) from this reference point, where M and b satisfy the relationship 0 ≤ M <b X tan (2 π / 9) 直下型バックライト装置。  Direct type backlight device. [3] 請求項 1に記載の直下型バックライト装置にお!/、て、 [3] In the direct type backlight device according to claim 1,! /, 前記凹凸構造は、前記線状光源の長手方向と略平行に延びる、断面多角形状で ある線状プリズム、または、断面が曲線部分を含んだ形状であるレンチキュラーが、 複数並んだ構造である直下型バックライト装置。  The concavo-convex structure is a direct type in which a plurality of linear prisms having a polygonal cross section extending substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the linear light source or a lenticular having a cross section including a curved portion are arranged. Backlight device. [4] 請求項 1または 2に記載の直下型バックライト装置において、 [4] In the direct type backlight device according to claim 1 or 2, 前記光透過抑制層は、入射光を反射および/または吸収する印刷層により構成さ れて!/、る直下型バックライト装置。  The light transmission suppressing layer is constituted by a printing layer that reflects and / or absorbs incident light! /, A direct type backlight device. [5] 請求項 4に記載の直下型バックライト装置において、 [5] In the direct type backlight device according to claim 4, 前記印刷層は、前記光源から遠ざかるにつれて、連続的または段階的に光の透過 率が増加するように設けられている直下型バックライト装置。  The direct-type backlight device, wherein the printing layer is provided so that the light transmittance increases continuously or stepwise as the distance from the light source increases. [6] 請求項 1または 2に記載の直下型バックライト装置において、 [6] The direct type backlight device according to claim 1 or 2, 前記印刷層が形成された面において、前記印刷層が形成された位置での中心線 平均粗さ Raが 0· 005 μ ηι^ δ μ mである直下型バックライト装置。  A direct type backlight device having a center line average roughness Ra of 0.005 μηι ^ δ μm at a position where the print layer is formed on the surface on which the print layer is formed. [7] 請求項 1または 2に記載の直下型バックライト装置において、前記凹凸構造は、点 状の突起または凹み状の構造単位が複数並んだ構成である直下型バックライト装置 [7] The direct-type backlight device according to [1] or [2], wherein the concavo-convex structure has a configuration in which a plurality of dotted projections or concave structural units are arranged. [8] 請求項 1または 2に記載の直下型バックライト装置において、 前記凹凸構造は前記光出射面に形成され、 [8] In the direct type backlight device according to claim 1 or 2, The uneven structure is formed on the light exit surface, 前記光入射面は、中心線平均粗さ Raが 3 m未満の略平坦面である直下型バック ライト装置。  The light incident surface is a direct type backlight device having a substantially flat surface with a center line average roughness Ra of less than 3 m. [9] 請求項 1または 2に記載の直下型バックライト装置において、  [9] The direct type backlight device according to claim 1 or 2, 前記凹凸構造が形成された面の当該面内で様々な方向に沿って測定した算術平 均傾斜角 Θのうちの最大値を Θ (max) (度)、凹凸構造部の屈折率を n、光源の外径 を R (mm)とし、 sin— i C /Snb) + sin_1 (l/n) > Θ maxの関係を満たす直下型バ ックライト装置。 The maximum value of the arithmetic mean inclination angle Θ measured along various directions within the surface on which the concavo-convex structure is formed is Θ (max) (degrees), the refractive index of the concavo-convex structure portion is n, the outer diameter of the light source and R (mm), sin- i C / Snb) + sin_ 1 (l / n)> Θ max direct type backlights device satisfies the relationship. [10] 請求項 9に記載の直下型バックライト装置において、  [10] The direct type backlight device according to claim 9, 前記光透過抑制層は、前記光出射面および前記光入射面のいずれかにおいて所 定の位置 NOに少なくとも設けられ、  The light transmission suppressing layer is provided at least at a predetermined position NO on either the light emitting surface or the light incident surface, 前記位置 NOは、光が、前記光源の中心から出射し、前記光拡散板を通って、前記 光拡散板の厚み方向に平行な方向に出射する経路と、前記光拡散板の光入射面ま たは光出射面とが交わる位置であり、  The position NO is a path where light exits from the center of the light source, passes through the light diffusing plate and exits in a direction parallel to the thickness direction of the light diffusing plate, and the light incident surface of the light diffusing plate. Or the position where the light exit surface intersects, 前記位置 NOにおける光拡散板および光透過抑制層を含む部分の透過率は、前 記位置 NOと、隣接する前記光源の中間位置を前記光拡散板に投影した位置との間 における透過率の最大値よりも 5%以上低い直下型バックライト装置。  The transmittance of the portion including the light diffusing plate and the light transmission suppressing layer at the position NO is the maximum of the transmittance between the position NO and a position where an intermediate position of the adjacent light source is projected onto the light diffusing plate. Direct type backlight device that is 5% lower than the value. [11] 請求項 10に記載の直下型バックライト装置において、 [11] In the direct type backlight device according to claim 10, 前記位置 NOを中心とした距離 R/2以内の範囲 N における前記光拡散板および  The light diffusing plate in a range N within a distance R / 2 centered on the position NO, and R  R 前記光透過抑制層を含む部分の透過率の最小直 TAとし、  The minimum direct TA of the transmittance of the portion including the light transmission suppression layer, 前記位置 NOと前記光源の中心を前記光拡散板に投影した位置との間における、 前記光拡散板および前記光透過抑制層を含む部分の透過率の平均直 TBとした際 に、  When the average straight TB of the transmittance of the portion including the light diffusion plate and the light transmission suppressing layer between the position NO and the position where the center of the light source is projected onto the light diffusion plate, TA<TBを満たす直下型バックライト装置。  Direct type backlight device that satisfies TA <TB. [12] 請求項 1または 2に記載の直下型バックライト装置において、 [12] In the direct type backlight device according to claim 1 or 2, 前記光拡散板は、透明樹脂を含む樹脂組成物により構成され、  The light diffusion plate is composed of a resin composition containing a transparent resin, この樹脂組成物は、垂直入射光で測定した全光線透過率が 40%以上 98%以下 である直下型バックライト装置。 請求項 1または 2に記載の直下型バックライト装置において、 前記光拡散板は、透明樹脂を含む樹脂組成物により構成され、この樹脂組成物の 吸水率が 0. 25%以下である直下型バックライト装置。 This resin composition is a direct type backlight device having a total light transmittance of 40% or more and 98% or less measured with normal incident light. 3. The direct type backlight device according to claim 1, wherein the light diffusing plate is composed of a resin composition containing a transparent resin, and the water absorption rate of the resin composition is 0.25% or less. Light equipment.
PCT/JP2007/070646 2006-10-27 2007-10-23 Direct backlight device Ceased WO2008050763A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2008540998A JPWO2008050763A1 (en) 2006-10-27 2007-10-23 Direct backlight unit
TW096140017A TW200834185A (en) 2006-10-27 2007-10-25 Direct backlight device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006-293176 2006-10-27
JP2006293176 2006-10-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008050763A1 true WO2008050763A1 (en) 2008-05-02

Family

ID=39324560

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2007/070646 Ceased WO2008050763A1 (en) 2006-10-27 2007-10-23 Direct backlight device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2008050763A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200834185A (en)
WO (1) WO2008050763A1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010050091A (en) * 2008-08-21 2010-03-04 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Backlight assembly
JP2010108937A (en) * 2008-11-03 2010-05-13 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Display device
JP2010135328A (en) * 2008-12-04 2010-06-17 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Backlight assembly, and display including the same
WO2011111445A1 (en) * 2010-03-10 2011-09-15 シャープ株式会社 Lighting device, display apparatus, and television receiver
JP2012094310A (en) * 2010-10-26 2012-05-17 Panasonic Corp Lighting device
JP2012103495A (en) * 2010-11-10 2012-05-31 Asahi Kasei Corp Light beam control unit, direct type backlight device and liquid-crystal display
CN110609414A (en) * 2019-08-13 2019-12-24 深圳市德仓科技有限公司 Backlight based on diffusion printing ink and manufacturing method thereof
JP2021015254A (en) * 2019-07-16 2021-02-12 Mccアドバンスドモールディングス株式会社 Optical component

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011030594A1 (en) 2009-09-11 2011-03-17 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 Light diffusing plate used for point light sources, and direct-lighting point-light-source backlight device
JP6845730B2 (en) 2017-04-18 2021-03-24 株式会社Screenホールディングス Heat treatment equipment

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000182418A (en) * 1998-12-16 2000-06-30 Kuraray Co Ltd Lighting device with light diffusion plate
JP2001351424A (en) * 2000-06-06 2001-12-21 Fuji Electric Ind Co Ltd Plane light-emitting device
JP2003279979A (en) * 2002-03-22 2003-10-02 Hitachi Ltd Liquid crystal display device
JP2005117023A (en) * 2003-09-19 2005-04-28 Sony Corp Backlight device and liquid crystal display device
JP2006134881A (en) * 2004-11-03 2006-05-25 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Backlight unit and liquid crystal display device using the same

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000182418A (en) * 1998-12-16 2000-06-30 Kuraray Co Ltd Lighting device with light diffusion plate
JP2001351424A (en) * 2000-06-06 2001-12-21 Fuji Electric Ind Co Ltd Plane light-emitting device
JP2003279979A (en) * 2002-03-22 2003-10-02 Hitachi Ltd Liquid crystal display device
JP2005117023A (en) * 2003-09-19 2005-04-28 Sony Corp Backlight device and liquid crystal display device
JP2006134881A (en) * 2004-11-03 2006-05-25 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Backlight unit and liquid crystal display device using the same

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010050091A (en) * 2008-08-21 2010-03-04 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Backlight assembly
JP2010108937A (en) * 2008-11-03 2010-05-13 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Display device
US8596818B2 (en) 2008-11-03 2013-12-03 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Optical member and display device having the same
JP2010135328A (en) * 2008-12-04 2010-06-17 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Backlight assembly, and display including the same
EP2196830B1 (en) * 2008-12-04 2015-04-29 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Backlight assembly
WO2011111445A1 (en) * 2010-03-10 2011-09-15 シャープ株式会社 Lighting device, display apparatus, and television receiver
JP2012094310A (en) * 2010-10-26 2012-05-17 Panasonic Corp Lighting device
JP2012103495A (en) * 2010-11-10 2012-05-31 Asahi Kasei Corp Light beam control unit, direct type backlight device and liquid-crystal display
JP2021015254A (en) * 2019-07-16 2021-02-12 Mccアドバンスドモールディングス株式会社 Optical component
CN110609414A (en) * 2019-08-13 2019-12-24 深圳市德仓科技有限公司 Backlight based on diffusion printing ink and manufacturing method thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW200834185A (en) 2008-08-16
JPWO2008050763A1 (en) 2010-02-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN101253363B (en) Direct type backlight unit
JP5157294B2 (en) Lens sheet, optical sheet for display, backlight unit using the same, and display device
WO2008050763A1 (en) Direct backlight device
KR20070045287A (en) Direct-under backlight
CN101501389A (en) Direct backlight apparatus
JP5246160B2 (en) Lens sheet, optical sheet for display, backlight unit using the same, and display device
US20090190329A1 (en) Light diffusing plate, direct-type backlight device and liquid crystal display system
JP2009015132A (en) Lens sheet, optical sheet for display, and back light unit and display device using the same
JP5614128B2 (en) Optical sheet, backlight unit and display device
JPWO2007049618A1 (en) Light diffusion plate and direct type backlight device
JP2010040194A (en) Direct backlight apparatus
KR20080077105A (en) Direct type backlight device
WO2009096293A1 (en) Direct backlighting device
JP2006195276A (en) Direct backlight unit
JP2007163810A (en) Light diffusion plate and direct type backlight device
JP2006310150A (en) Direct backlight unit
JP5810481B2 (en) Optical sheet, backlight unit, display device, and optical sheet manufacturing mold
JP4978717B2 (en) Lens sheet, optical sheet for display and backlight unit using the same, edge light type light guide plate, display device
JP4604767B2 (en) Direct backlight unit
JP2008091114A (en) Direct type backlight device and display device
JPWO2009110379A1 (en) Direct backlight unit
KR20090125753A (en) Direct type backlight device
JP2007192950A (en) Light diffusion plate and direct type backlight device
JP2009117245A (en) Direct type backlight device and liquid crystal display device
JP2008251350A (en) Direct backlight unit

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07830380

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008540998

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07830380

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1